Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing Operations; Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations, 36585-36621 [2014-14936]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 124
June 27, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 229
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing Operations;
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36586
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Kate
Swails, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region,
978–282–8481, Kate.Swails@noaa.gov;
Kristy Long, NMFS Office of Protected
Resources, 301–427–8440, Kristy.Long@
noaa.gov; or Barb Zoodsma, NMFS
Southeast Region, 904–321–2806,
Barb.Zoodsma@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 229
[Docket No. 130201095–4400–02]
RIN 0648–BC90
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental
to Commercial Fishing Operations;
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan Regulations
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
NMFS issues this final rule to
amend the regulations implementing the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan (Plan). This rule revises the
management measures for reducing the
incidental mortality and serious injury
to the North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis), humpback whale
(Megaptera novaeangliae), and fin
whale (Balaenoptera physalus) in
commercial trap/pot and gillnet
fisheries to further the goals of the
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA) and the Endangered Species
Act (ESA). The measures identified in
the Plan are also intended to benefit
minke whales (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata), which are not classified
as strategic stocks under the MMPA, but
are known to be taken incidentally in
commercial fisheries.
DATES: These regulations are effective
August 26, 2014. Section 229.32(f)(2)(vi)
(gear marking requirements and gear
modifications in the Southeast) is
applicable November 1, 2014 and
§ 229.32(b) and (c)(2)(i) (gear marking
requirements and minimum number of
traps per trawl requirement in the
Northeast) are applicable June 1, 2015.
ADDRESSES: Copies of the Final
Environmental Impact Statement/
Regulatory Impact Review/Record of
Decision for this action can be obtained
from the Plan Web site listed under
Electronic Access.
Written comments regarding the
burden hour estimates or other aspects
of the collection of information
requirements contained in this final rule
can be submitted to David Gouveia,
NMFS, Greater Atlantic Regional
Fisheries Office, 55 Great Republic Dr,
Gloucester, MA 10930 or Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs by
email at OIRA_submissions@
omb.eop.gov.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Electronic Access
Several of the background documents
for the Plan and the take reduction
planning process can be downloaded
from the Plan Web site at https://
www.nero.noaa.gov/whaletrp/. The
complete text of the regulations
implementing the Plan can be found
either in the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR 229.32 or
downloaded from the Web site, along
with a guide to the regulations.
Background
The Marine Mammal Protection Act
Section 118 requires NMFS to
implement a Take Reduction Plan to
reduce the serious injury and mortality
of marine mammals incidental to
commercial fishing operations to
insignificant levels approaching a zero
mortality and serious injury rate. NMFS
first implemented regulations
establishing the Atlantic Large Whale
Take Reduction Plan (Plan) to meet this
requirement in 1997. Section
118(f)(7)(E) of the MMPA requires the
Take Reduction Team (Team) and
NMFS to meet every six months, or at
other such intervals as NMFS
determines are necessary, to monitor the
implementation of the final Plan until
such time that NMFS determines that
the objectives of the Plan have been met.
Section 118(f)(7)(F) requires NMFS to
amend the Plan and implementing
regulations as necessary to meet the
requirements of Section 118 to reduce
incidental serious injury and mortality
to a level approaching ZMRG, taking
into account the economics of the
fishery, the availability of existing
technology, and existing State or
regional fishery management plans. The
Team and NMFS have met and
amended the Plan and implementing
regulations several times since 1997 in
an ongoing effort to ensure the
requirements of the MMPA regarding
take reduction of large whales continue
to be met.
This final rule is the latest step in this
ongoing process. The rule implements
modifications to the Plan suggested by
the Team and public, as well as
modifications deemed necessary by
NMFS to further enhance the likelihood
of meeting the requirements and further
the goals of the MMPA, as well as the
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ESA. Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA requires
federal agencies to ensure that any
action authorized, funded or authorized
by the agency is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any
endangered or threatened species.
Details concerning the development and
justification of this final rule were
provided in the preamble to the
proposed rule (78 FR 42654, July 16,
2013) and are not repeated here.
As a result of public input provided
through the scoping process and Team
meetings, NMFS developed six
alternatives including a ‘‘No Action’’ or
status quo alternative, to modify the
Plan. All six of these alternatives are
described and analyzed in detail in the
Final Environmental Impact Statement
(FEIS) prepared to accompany this rule.
NMFS identified Alternative 5 as the
Preferred Alternative in the proposed
rule but after receiving public comment
on each alternative NMFS has decided
to amend the Plan as proposed in
Alternative 6, with a few adjustments.
The proposed rule’s preferred
Alternative 5 would have implemented
three closure areas to reduce the risk of
serious injury and mortality incidental
to interaction between whales and
commercial fishing gear, thereby
enhancing the likelihood of meeting
MMPA requirements of reducing serious
injury and mortality to level
approaching ZMRG. Two of the three
proposed closure areas; however, were
determined to have low levels of ‘‘cooccurrence’’ of whales and fishing gear,
and therefore the conservation benefit of
closing those two areas was deemed to
be minimal, while the cost to the fishing
industry would have been substantial.
The single closure contained in this
final rule was the only one of the
proposed three closure areas in which
there is a high level of co-occurrence of
whales and fishing gear. Thus, closing
this area will have a similar
conservation benefit that closing all
three of the areas in the proposed
Preferred Alternative 5 would have had.
The other adjustments to Alternative
6 which have been included in this final
rule are described as follows:
(1) New Hampshire state waters are
exempted from the minimum number of
traps per trawl requirement of the final
rule, but fishermen are not exempted
from other previously implemented
requirements. This is a change from the
proposed rule which would have
exempted New Hampshire state waters
from all requirements, and therefore
increases the conservation benefit to
whales from the measures in the
proposed rule.
(2) The minimum number of traps per
trawl in the final rule for Massachusetts
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
and Rhode Island state waters and
pocket waters in Maine is reduced from
three to two traps per trawl. This change
is due to concerns about the safety of
small boats having to work trawls of
three traps as opposed to trawls of two
traps. This change is negligible, and
thus is still consistent with the MMPA.
(3) An exemption from the minimum
number of traps per trawl requirement
is newly created in this final rule for a
1⁄4 mile buffer in waters surrounding
three inhabited islands in Maine—
Monhegan, Matinicus, and Ragged
Islands. Boats within this 1⁄4 mile buffer
will be allowed to continue fishing
single traps rather than multiple trap
trawls in the proposed rule, due to
safety issues since these waters are
generally less than 30 fathoms deep
with rocky edges, and boats fishing
close to shore areas usually small.
Whales are not likely to come this close
to shore, so this change from the
proposed rule does not lessen the
conservation benefit of the final rule.
(4) Gear marking is not required in
Maine exempted waters, in contrast to
the proposed rule, due to feasibility
concerns of switching marks when
moving from an exempt area to a nonexempt area. The change in
conservation benefit to whales from this
change is negligible.
Because this final rule with a single
closure and the other changes described
above will provide a conservation
benefit comparable to that which would
have been provided by the preferred
Alternative 5 in the proposed rule, yet
pose less economic impact and fewer
safety concerns to the fishing industry,
it is consistent with the requirements of
the MMPA to reduce serious injury and
mortality to approach ZMRG. The
changes in the final rule, as compared
to the proposed rule, are justifiable
under MMPA requirements and goals
because they take into account the
economics of the fishery, the availability
of existing technology, and existing
fishery management plans, as well as
the goal of the ESA to avoid
jeopardizing the continued existence of
ESA-listed whales.
As noted in the DATES section above,
this rule is effective 60 days after
publication with the exception of the
amended gear marking requirements
and gear modifications in the Southeast
(effective November 1, 2014) and
amended gear marking requirements
and minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement in the Northeast (effective
June 1, 2015). NMFS chose a phased-in
implementation for this rule as a result
of public comment. The changes in the
Plan require the reconfiguration of
approximately 200,000 vertical lines at
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
an annual compliance cost of
approximately $1.9 to $4.5 million. In
the Southeast, Industry members and
state partners requested that NMFS
provide adequate time for industry to
comply with the amended gear marking
requirements, as 60 days would not be
sufficient time for that purpose given
the extent of needed changes in light of
the new requirements. In the Northeast,
Industry members and state partners
requested that the implementation date
coincide with the trap tag renewal date
of June 1 to allow for a more costeffective implementation of the new
requirements, as gear is out of the water
during that time as industry affix new
trap tags for the upcoming season. The
new minimum trap per trawl measure
requires increasing the number of traps
per vertical line which requires removal
of equipment from the water and
reconfiguration of line and equipment.
Additional time is needed for fishermen
to adapt to these changes. NMFS finds
that there is good cause for the
November 1, 2014 and June 1, 2015
phased-in implementation date to
address the public’s concerns, and given
that the impact on conservation benefit
to large whales from this phased-in
implementation will be minimal given
the relatively short delay in
implementation. Specifically, the
majority of the conservation measures
included in the final rule will be in
place 60 days after publication of the
rule—including protective measures
during calving season, and a closure
that goes into effect January 1, 2015, and
all current ALWTRP requirements,
including the sinking groundline
requirement, remain in place during this
phased-in implementation of some of
the new measures.
Changes to the Plan for Boundaries and
Seasons
This final rule will exempt New
Hampshire State waters from the Plan’s
minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement based on the co-occurrence
model. Those fishing in state waters
would still be required to comply with
previously implemented requirements
including marking requirements (see 50
CFR 229.23(b)(2) and (3)).
NMFS intends to expand the Cape
Cod Bay Restricted Area to include
portions of the Outer Cape. This new
area, Massachusetts Restricted Area,
would be closed for a portion of the year
(January 1–April 30) to trap/pot
fisheries, due to the level of cooccurrence of whales and gear and the
conservation benefit to be gained while
minimizing economic impacts to the
fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36587
Finally, NMFS intends to create a new
trap/pot management area in the
Southeast. The eastern boundary of the
current Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot
waters area would be aligned with the
eastern boundary of the existing
Southeast Restricted Area North
management area. This new area would
coincide with the current Southeast
Restricted Area North management area
in place for gillnets. Management
measures in this area would be in place
from November 15 through April 15.
Changes to the Plan for Trap/Pot Gear
In the Northeast, NMFS will institute
restrictions designed to reduce the
number of buoy lines that fishermen
employ. This final rule limits the
number of lines in the Northeast by
prohibiting single trap/pots and
requiring fishermen to increase the
number of traps per trawl they set based
on area and distance to shore. In some
areas (mainly inshore and nearshore
waters) this may represent a change
from how they currently fish. In Federal
waters and offshore, larger trawls are
currently fished so this requirement
may not affect these vessels to the same
extent as smaller inshore vessels. The
current requirement of one endline for
trawls less than or equal to five traps
remains in place. Larger trawls (i.e., > 5
traps/pots) will not be required to have
only one endline.
The numbers of traps per trawl are
based on the co-occurrence model,
public input, and discussions with state
partners. The required traps per trawl
differ based on distance to shore and
lobster management area. In Maine the
number of traps per trawl is defined
based on Maine state lobster zones.
In the Southeast Restricted Area
North, NMFS will require single traps/
pots, implement weaker weak links and
breaking strength of vertical lines, and
require all vertical lines to be free of
objects (e.g., weights, floats, etc.) except
where it attaches to the buoy and trap/
pot, and made of sinking line.
The Plan requires the use of weak
links with maximum breaking strengths
of 200 to 600 lbs (90.7 to 272 kg)
depending on management area within
the Southeast Restricted Area North.
This final rule defines the breaking
strengths of weak links in South
Carolina, Georgia, Florida state waters
as 600 lbs (272 kg), 600 lbs (272 kg), and
200 lbs (90.7 kg), respectively. In
Federal waters the breaking strength is
defined as 600 lbs (272 kg).
This final rule also defines the
maximum breaking strength of vertical
line in the Southeast Restricted Area
North. In South Carolina and Georgia
state waters breaking strength of the
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36588
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
vertical line will not exceed 2,200 lbs
(998 kg). In Florida state waters breaking
strength of vertical line will not exceed
1,500 lbs (680 kg). Federal waters will
have a breaking strength of 2,200 lbs
(998 kg).
In an effort to decrease the number of
ways gear is rigged, NMFS is also
requiring that vertical lines be made of
sinking line and free of objects for those
traps set anywhere in the Southeast
Restricted Area North. (effective in the
Southeast on November 1, 2014 and
effective in the Northeast on June 1,
2015).
Changes to the Plan for Gear Marking
This final rule will implement a gear
marking scheme that maintains the
current color combinations but
increases the size and frequency of the
mark. The new mark must equal 12inches (30.5 cm) in length and buoy
lines must be marked three times (top,
middle, bottom). A mark for the new
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area North
would be required for both state and
Federal waters. This rule will continue
to allow multiple methods for marking
line (e.g., paint, tape, rope, etc.).
(effective in the Southeast on November
1, 2014 and effective in the Northeast on
June 1, 2015).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Regulatory Language Changes
Some corrections and clarifications
have been identified as necessary since
the last regulation was implemented.
The following changes to the current
Plan regulations will improve
consistency and clarity.
Exempted waters: NMFS added
language to clarify the exempted waters
description.
Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area
Clarification: The final rule clarifies the
restricted period for the Southeast U.S.
Monitoring Area. The added language
defines the restricted period as
December 1 through March 31.
Definitions: The final rule modifies
the definition of ‘‘groundline’’ when
referring to gillnets to remove reference
to buoy line. The modified definition
reads, ’’Groundline with reference to
trap/pot gear, means a line connecting
traps in a trap trawl, and, with reference
to gillnet gear, means a line connecting
a gillnet or gillnet bridle to an anchor.’’
Prohibitions: The final rule eliminates
the individual prohibition paragraphs
on fishing or possessing trap/pot gear,
anchored gillnet, drift gillnet, gillnet,
and shark gillnets (§ 229.3(h) through
(l)) and condenses the intended
prohibitions into three paragraphs that
apply to ‘‘any person or vessel and
fishing gear subject to the Plan.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
NMFS clarifies that fishermen are
responsible for proving that an
exemption or exception under § 229.32
is applicable.
Other Special Measures: This final
rule clarifies the intent of § 229.32(i)(2)
to include consultation with the Take
Reduction Team.
Comments and Responses
NMFS received 533 letters from
commenters on the Draft Environmental
Impact Statement (DEIS) and proposed
rule via www.regulations.gov, letter, fax,
or email. Additionally, two form letters
were received on the DEIS via hardcopy
letter and email; approximately 27,500
of one form letter, 13,500 of another
form letter, and approximately 1,300
slight variations to the form letters.
NMFS also solicited comments on the
DEIS during 16 public hearings held
along the Atlantic coast. The substantive
comments are summarized and grouped
below by major subject headings.
NMFS’ response follows each comment.
NMFS received comments on DEIS
technical changes that were not
substantive, and incorporated such
changes in the FEIS as appropriate.
These technical comments are not listed
in the summary.
General Comments
Comment 1: One commenter stated
that the proposed measures should be
extended to recreational fishermen and
not just commercial fishermen.
Response: The regulations
implementing the Plan are governed by
Section 118 of the MMPA, which
requires take reduction teams to assist
NMFS in the development of take
reduction plans that address serious
injuries and mortalities of marine
mammals that interact with commercial
fishing operations. Therefore, the
proposed measures apply to commercial
fishing only. However, recreational
fishermen that take marine mammals
are in violation of the MMPA
prohibition against taking marine
mammals. NMFS has created brochures
designed to inform recreational
fishermen about protected species
conservation.
Comment 2: Two commenters
requested that the 60-day public
comment period be extended.
Response: NMFS believes that the 60day comment period was adequate and
chose not to extend the time period.
Comment 3: One commenter stated
that the proposed regulations should
consider the shifting baseline in the
marine food chain as a result of climate
change and eutrophication, stating that
right whale prey distribution is
changing in time and place and
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
management should be adapted to
account for these shifts. The commenter
suggested that the status quo approach
be supplemented with dynamic
solutions using an ecosystem approach
for management.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this
important comment. Managing
resources in the face of changing
environmental conditions is
challenging. The ability to account for
distribution shifts that may result from
changing environmental conditions
exist in the current regulations. These
regulations can be found at
§ 229.32(i)(2). Among other
considerations, should NMFS, in
consultation with the Team, determine
that right whale distribution shifts result
in its current conservation measures
being no longer appropriate, NMFS has
the ability to make changes to the
measures.
Comment 4: A few commenters stated
that they have never seen a whale in
state waters and thus it was unfair to
propose new laws in areas without
whales.
Response: Because most large whale
entanglements (particularly those
involving right whales) tend to be free
swimming entanglements when
detected and the gear recovered from
these entanglements do not provide
adequate information to determine
where an entanglement occurred,
entanglements from specific fisheries
and areas are rarely documented.
Therefore, NMFS developed a model to
help identify the relative likelihood of
an entanglement by time and area. The
model is based on high ‘‘co-occurrence
areas,’’ which are areas that have the
highest frequency of gear that overlap
with large whale sightings per unit
effort. NMFS believes that these high cooccurrence areas represent a higher
likelihood of entanglement to large
whales. Areas identified as a high cooccurrence area may be subject to
conservation measures regardless of
whether a take has been documented in
that area.
Comment 5: Some commenters stated
that the entanglement risk to right and
other large whales is greater in areas
outside of the Southeast U.S. Atlantic
and that there have been no
documented cases of black sea bass or
blue crab gear on a right whale. Some
commenters also noted that fewer trap/
pots are set in the Southeast relative to
northern regions (including Canada) and
that gear in the Southeast is lighter, uses
shorter vertical lines, and is therefore
less risky to whales than trap/pot gear
found farther north.
Response: The annual Stock
Assessment Reports (SARs) partition out
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
entanglement records between U.S. and
Canadian waters for large cetacean
species. Currently, in the 2012 SAR
(Waring et al., 2013) the average number
of annual fishery entanglements of right
whales was 1.6 in U.S. waters and 0.2
in Canadian waters. The potential
biological removal for this species is
calculated at 0.9. Thus, even when
considering only entanglements from
U.S. fisheries, right whales are being
taken at too great a rate to maintain
optimal population sustainability.
Furthermore, gear removed from right
whales is not always identified to a
specific fishery; however, in cases
where the gear could be identified, more
rope was associated with trap/pot gear
than gillnet gear (Johnson et al., 2005).
The vertical line model utilized by
NMFS and the Team for the
development of this rule focused on
areas of high co-occurrence of vertical
lines associated with commercial trap/
pot and gillnet gear and large whale
sighting per unit effort data. The
analysis of these data indicated that cooccurrence was relatively low within
the Southeast Restricted Area North
during the right whale season from
November 15th through April 15th.
Consequently, NMFS did not propose a
closure throughout the Southeast
Restricted Area North or critical habitat
area. However, the gear is not risk-free,
which is why NMFS is implementing
other risk reduction measures through
this final rule. Also, see response to
Comment 40.
Comment 6: One commenter stated
that before taking further action NMFS
should provide fishermen with
statistical significance and a five year
period by which to assess the major
April 2009 implementation of the
previous rule requiring fishermen to
change their floating groundline to
sinking groundline.
Response: At its 2003 meeting, by
consensus, the Team agreed to two
overarching principles associated with
reducing large whale entanglement
risks: (1) Reducing entanglement risks
associated with groundlines in
commercial trap/pot gear; and (2)
reducing entanglement risks associated
with vertical lines. The Team agreed to
focus first on addressing the groundline
entanglement risk, which was
completed in October 2007 (72 FR
57104, October 5, 2007), followed by the
development and implementation of a
vertical line rule. This rule addresses
the entanglement risk identified by the
Team to large whales from vertical lines,
and completes the two-pronged strategy
identified by the Team to address large
whale entanglements in commercial
trap/pot and gillnet gear. Under the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
MMPA, the number of deaths or serious
injuries due to commercial fishing
activities must not affect a species’
ability to reach or maintain its optimum
sustainable population. At present, with
just the sinking groundline conservation
measures in place, the number of
serious injuries and mortalities for right
whales and humpback whales remain
above permissible levels and mortalities
due to entanglements in vertical lines in
trap/pot and gillnet gear continue to
occur. NMFS, in consultation with the
Team, has developed a monitoring
strategy to evaluate industry compliance
with the Plan and the effectiveness of
the Plan in achieving the Plan’s goals
and objectives. For more information on
the monitoring strategy, please see the
response to Comment 8.
Comment 7: A few commenters
suggested that NMFS move forward
with one measure to reduce interactions
at a time in a phased approach. It was
suggested that NMFS should just
increase the number of traps per trawl
before proposing closures or just move
forward with the increased gear marking
at this time and then once the problem
areas are identified come back with
management measures targeting those
problem areas.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
suggestion but believes that the
combination of management measures
in the final rule is necessary to achieve
the goals of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 8: A few commenters were
concerned that there was a lack of
strategy if entanglement levels
continued to exceed Potential Biological
Removal Rate (PBR) regardless of the
proposed measures. The commenters
stated that whales could continue to
experience high levels of entanglement
than legally allowed with no recourse.
Response: On February 23–24, 2009,
NMFS convened an internal workshop
to discuss the development of a
comprehensive monitoring strategy for
the Plan. The goal of this workshop was
to develop an outline for a monitoring
strategy that included components to
review compliance with and to assess
the effectiveness of the Plan regulations
in achieving the MMPA short-and longterm goals of reducing serious injury
and mortality of large whales in U.S.
commercial fisheries. This monitoring
strategy was shared with the Team and
went into effect in August 2012. This
strategy includes both annual
monitoring reports and a multi-year
status summary intended to review the
Plan’s effectiveness and compliance
over a 5-year timeframe. If analyses
determine that the Plan is not achieving
its goals, NMFS will review the multiyear status summary to evaluate the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36589
potential causes for not achieving the
management objectives and consult
with the Team on the development of
appropriate actions to address any
identified shortcomings in the Plan.
Comment 9: One commenter
requested that the preamble to the rule
and FEIS include a discussion that more
accurately reflects decisions reached by
the Team with respect to the rulemaking
timeline.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenter’s assessment that the
discussion of the rulemaking timeline is
not accurately reflected. NMFS believes
that the proposed rule’s preamble and
DEIS reflect the Team discussions at
past meetings about the need to move
forward with a vertical line rule and the
timeline to develop and implement the
rule. The text in the preamble and DEIS
is consistent with the Team’s meeting
summaries.
Comment 10: Several commenters
stated that there are too many
unanswered questions that need to be
answered before expanding new
policies. They requested that the
northeast portion of the rule be
reconsidered until better information
exists regarding what part of the line is
entangling whales and what the
economic impact of the changes will be
on the industry.
Response: The FEIS notes that
entanglements of large whales are still
occurring and highlights the provisions
of the MMPA and ESA that NMFS is
required to follow. Based on the
continued serious injury and mortality
of large whales, NMFS must take action
to provide more protection to large
whales. Although NMFS acknowledges
the need for more scientific information,
NMFS is required to take action based
on the best information that is available
when developing the EIS. The economic
impact of this action is discussed in the
EIS. As new information becomes
available regarding large whales,
entanglements, or economic impacts of
these policies NMFS will share this
information with the Team to determine
if additional changes to the Plan are
warranted.
Comment 11: One commenter stated
that there is a lack of data and the data
that is available is often flawed.
Response: See Response to Comment
10.
Comment 12: A few commenters
commented that NMFS fails to link the
proposed measures to a reduction in
serious injury/mortality. The
commenters stated that, although a
reduction in risk does not necessarily
equate to the same level of reduction in
serious injury/mortality, it provides
some basis for meeting the PBR goals.
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36590
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
The commenters believe the rule should
meet a 50% reduction standard or
provide explanation for how the rule
will reduce the levels of serious injury/
mortality to below PBR.
Response: Sufficient information is
not available on when, where, and how
entanglements occur such that a specific
vertical line reduction target can be
calculated. Therefore, NMFS and the
Team have not determined a percent
reduction of vertical lines that would
reduce serious injury and mortality of
large whales that encounter vertical
lines to a level that would achieve the
MMPA’s PBR and ZMRG mandates.
NMFS used the best information that is
available and worked with commercial
trap/pot and gillnet fishermen and other
stakeholders to develop feasible
conservation measures intended to
achieve the goals and objectives of the
Plan and MMPA. The preferred
alternative achieves a 38% reduction in
co-occurrence coastwide. NMFS
believes this level of co-occurrence
reduction is consistent with and
furthers the goals and objectives of the
MMPA and ESA.
Comment 13: In response to NMFS’
request to comment on the proposed
changes to the ‘other special measures’
provision, one commenter agreed that
the Team should be consulted but that
the consultation must involve dialogue.
The commenter questioned if the
provision agreed with the MMPA since
the MMPA specifically provides NMFS
with authority to take emergency
actions to promote conservation.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
support for the change to the provision.
The provision and the MMPA
emergency regulations are different and
have their own requirements. The
‘‘Other Special Measures’’ provision is
not intended to address NMFS’ ability
to take emergency actions, rather it
allows NMFS to make changes to the
Plan as new information about gear
marking, gear technology, or right whale
distribution in closed areas becomes
available. This final rule includes
language to ensure that the Team is
consulted prior to actions being taken
under the ‘‘Other Special Measures’’
provision.
General Comments on Proposed
Alternatives
Comment 14: Many people stated
their general support for the Preferred
Alternative stating that the level of
serious injury and mortality is above
PBR and therefore additional
management measures are necessary.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this
comment and agrees that additional
management measures are necessary.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Comment 15: Numerous people stated
their support for the No Action
Alternative referring to the increasing
right whale population as a sign that the
current management measures are
working and additional measures are
not necessary.
Response: NEPA requires NMFS to
analyze a no action alternative. NMFS
did not choose this alternative for this
final rule because it is not consistent
with the goals and objectives of the Plan
and therefore is not consistent with the
goals and requirements of the MMPA or
ESA. Although the right whale
population has increased in recent
years, the number of serious injury and
mortalities occurring as a result of
entanglement in commercial fishing
gear is still at a level above PBR and
ZMRG. NMFS has determined that
additional measures included in this
action are necessary to help meet the
objectives of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 16: One commenter stated
that the proposed alternatives would
require fishermen to spend more money
on weak links and sinking rope and
fishermen can’t afford to spend more
money.
Response: NMFS is sensitive to the
costs of complying with this final rule
and characterized the economic and
social impacts in the FEIS. Chapter 7 of
the FEIS identifies the vessels segments
that may be heavily affected by the new
requirements. Based on the comments
received during the public comment
period and public hearings, the
preferred alternative was chosen
because it provided a significant
conservation benefit to large whales
while having a lower economic cost to
industry.
Comment 17: One commenter agreed
that reducing vertical line offshore is a
good thing to do as there are more
whales offshore so the rules should be
made to account for this.
Response: NMFS agrees with this
comment and the final rule includes
measures for vessels fishing offshore.
Comment 18: A handful of
commenters provided general comments
about the Southeast U.S. portion of the
proposed rule: (1) The proposed rule
contained a patchwork of requirements
within the currently designated critical
habitat that are inconsistent and
arbitrary, (2) the various requirements
would make it difficult for fishermen to
comply and law enforcement officials to
enforce, and (3) the presence of
neophyte calves in Florida state waters
was NMFS’ basis for requiring weak
links and ropes with lower breaking
strengths in that area, but these same
‘‘neophytes’’ are born further to the
north where breaking strengths are far
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
higher (and presumably create higher
risk). Many of these commenters were
also concerned that proposed measures
in the Southeast largely retain the status
quo and do not reduce risk to right
whales, especially for mother/calf pairs.
Response: This final rule provides
additional protection to right whales by
focusing management measures in areas
of elevated co-occurrence of whales and
vertical lines. First, NMFS believes the
various requirements provide protection
for right whales while avoiding
unnecessary impact to fisheries. Second,
NMFS did not receive any comments
about difficulties associated with
compliance or enforcement from
fishermen or law enforcement officials.
Third, NMFS is particularly cognizant
of the weaker physical characteristics of
neophyte calves, which most often
occur in the Southeast U.S. Neophyte
calves are occasionally documented off
North Carolina and Cape Cod Bay,
Massachusetts; however, the highest cooccurrence of very young right whale
calves and vertical lines is in Florida
state waters and where the trap/pot gear
modifications in this rule are the most
risk averse.
Finally, NMFS agrees that some of the
Southeast measures in this final rule
retain the status quo regarding existing
fishing gear and techniques. In those
instances, NMFS believes the present
gear/practice is appropriately risk averse
and codified those practices to ensure
the gear does not become riskier to
whales in the future. However, other
measures such as requiring object-free
lines, sinking vertical lines, returning
gear to port from federal waters, and
additional gear marking are all new
measures that reduce entanglement risks
to right whales, including mother/calf
pairs.
Comment 19: One commenter
supported customizing management
measures to specific high priority areas
rather than using wide-scale broad
management; this commenter thought
that applying the same management
measures to the area from North
Carolina all the way down to Florida to
the 29 latitude line isn’t a customized
plan. Another commenter stated that the
Southeast Restricted Area North (SERA
N) is a huge area and that he fishes in
only a small portion of that area and
requested a ‘‘secondary boundary’’ that
would allow him to fish for blue crab in
Federal waters.
Response: NMFS is defining the
Southeast Restricted Area North as a
trap/pot management areas so that the
southeast U.S. measures in this final
rule apply to the same management area
used for gillnet fisheries. This helps
reduce and streamline the number of
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
management areas while providing
protection for right whales. However,
new information on right whale
distribution has become available since
the Southeast Restricted Area North
gillnet area was established. This new
data is currently being evaluated. If
NMFS determines that the Southeast
Restricted Area North and South
boundaries should be adjusted, we will
do so in consultation with the Team as
part of future rulemaking.
Comment 20: Some commenters
suggested that all states should have the
same protections coastwide paying
special attention to areas and seasons
where right whales feed and give birth.
Response: NMFS, in consultation
with the Team, chose not to implement
a broad-based management scheme as it
had done in the past. Instead, NMFS
and the Team developed a model to
compare the relative likelihood of
entanglements occurring across areas
and seasons. The model is based on
high ‘‘co-occurrence areas,’’ which are
areas that have the highest frequency of
gear that overlap with large whale
sightings. NMFS utilized these high cooccurrence areas as a proxy for high risk
of entanglement to large whales. The
management measures are intended to
provide the same protection to areas of
high co-occurrence regardless of
whether the measures differ from state
to state. There are regional differences
in fishing practices that influence
fishing techniques, and NMFS tried to
account for the differences in
techniques when developing the rule.
Comment 21: Two commenters stated
they did not support making splicing
line illegal. It would be impossible to
make buoy lines without splices.
Response: NMFS agrees and did not
intend to suggest that splicing line
would be illegal. This is clarified in this
final rule.
Comment 22: One commenter agreed
that there is insufficient data in the midAtlantic to propose management
measures at this time. The commenter
supports efforts to assess whale
distribution in this area and if high cooccurrence areas are identified later on
then fisheries should be managed.
Response: The Plan was developed to
reduce the level of serious injury and
mortality of North Atlantic right,
humpback, and fin whales. NMFS, in
consultation with the Team, chose to
develop management measures in areas
of high co-occurrence of gear and large
whale sightings. NMFS used these high
co-occurrence areas as a proxy of
entanglement risk to large whales. There
are fewer large whale sighting data in
the mid-Atlantic than in other regions.
Because of this, the mid-Atlantic did not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
register as an area of high co-occurrence
between whales and fishing gear. NMFS
would welcome new information,
including sightings and effort data, on
large whales in this area. In fact, NMFS
and the Team have identified MidAtlantic surveys as a priority should
additional funding become available for
monitoring and/or modeling efforts in
the Mid-Atlantic. If so, NMFS will work
with its research partners to develop an
adequate monitoring plan and/or model
for the Mid-Atlantic area.
Comment 23: One commenter
requested that NMFS add another
alternative that assesses the impacts of
the closures without the proposed
increase in number of traps per trawl.
Response: During the development of
the alternatives, NMFS and the Team
did consider utilizing only closures.
However, preliminary analysis
indicated that the closure-only strategy
would not afford enough protection to
large whales to satisfy the requirements
of the MMPA and ESA. Further, NMFS
believes that the number of alternatives
analyzed in the EIS was adequate. The
alternatives analyzed were a
combination of stakeholder proposals
developed by the Team during the
course of several meetings and the result
of input received during the 15 public
scoping meetings.
Comment 24: One commenter stated
that fishing effort in the Gulf of Maine
lobster fishery may have exceeded
capacity and the fishing effort could be
reduced without significantly impacting
lobster catch. Reducing effort would
reduce entanglement risk but the
proposed rule sidesteps the issue of
effort reduction and it is unclear how
effective the rule would be at reducing
entanglements.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
effort reduction through limits on the
number of trap/pot gear utilized by
fishermen has taken place. However a
reduction in traps does not necessarily
equate to a reduction in the number of
vertical lines in the water column.
During the comment period NMFS
requested comments on how best to
quantify potential future trap reductions
or increases with respect to how many
vertical lines could be reduced or
increased. NMFS did not receive any
substantive comments addressing this
issue.
Comment 25: A few commenters felt
that the proposed rule did not address
latent effort and the potential for more
gear to be in the water in the future.
Response: NMFS realizes that
potential effort reductions or increases
in future fishing effort could reduce or
increase the number of vertical lines in
the water column. During the comment
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36591
period NMFS requested suggestions for
how best to quantify potential future
trap reductions or increases with respect
to how many vertical lines could be
reduced or increased. NMFS did not
receive any responsive comments.
NMFS intends to monitor this issue as
part of the Plan’s monitoring strategy
(see response to Comment 8).
Comment 26: NMFS received many
comments on the proposal to require
trap/pot gear fished in Southeast
Restricted Area North (SERA N) Federal
waters be brought back to port at the
end of a fishing trip. South Carolina
Department of Natural Resources
(SCDNR) and several individuals from
Georgia and South Carolina commented
that a small number of blue crab
fishermen with larger boats may set
traps in both state and federal waters
(up to 12 miles (19.3 km) offshore) in
years when coastal water temperatures
may be cooler than normal and crabs
move farther out of the estuaries and
into the ocean. This seasonal fishing
activity is extremely important
economically to the relatively few
fishermen who can participate in this
aspect of the fishery, particularly since
winter is the high-dollar season for blue
crab. These commenters stated that the
requirement to return all traps to shore
at the end of the day would, at
minimum, greatly hamper the efficiency
and cost effectiveness of fishermen, but
more likely would create a closure of
the blue crab fishery in Federal waters
and cause an economic hardship on
fishermen. One commenter supported
the requirement to return gear to port at
the conclusion of each fishing trip
because it represented a de facto
seasonal closure in Federal waters for
trap/pot fisheries that required long
soak times and would prevent trap/pot
effort from encroaching into Federal
waters where whale density is high. One
commenter thought there were multiple
ways to interpret the meaning of ‘‘the
conclusion of each fishing trip’’ and was
curious about how enforcement officials
would interpret the phrase.
Response: NMFS is concerned about
the risk to right whales from trap/pot
gear in SERA N Federal waters because
fishermen use longer vertical lines with
a higher breaking strength. These factors
increase the risk from entanglement to
right whales because longer lines mean
more line that whales may encounter
and higher breaking strength means a
whale, particularly a calf, is less likely
to break free of gear once it becomes
entangled. Additionally, all other things
being equal, long-soak gear represents a
greater opportunity for entanglement
than short-soak gear. Right whales,
including calves, occur in Federal
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36592
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
waters off the coasts of South Carolina
and Georgia from November through
April. The measures in this rule reduce
risk to right whales from entanglement
in Federal waters by specifying a 2,200
lb (998 kg) maximum breaking strength
of vertical lines and reducing the
exposure of gear to right whales by
requiring gear be returned to port at the
end of a fishing trip.
Based on fishermen’s comments, we
recognize that this measure will likely
eliminate blue crab fishing effort in
Federal waters in the winter because
deploying trap/pots for only a short
period of time (period of hours) is not
effective at catching blue crabs.
However, according to comments, the
majority of blue crab fishermen do not
fish in Federal waters. Consequently,
this requirement will likely impact only
a small proportion of fishermen and
only during cold winters when blue
crabs are reportedly found farther
offshore. NMFS believes that the
majority of fishermen in the blue crab
fishery will be largely unaffected by this
final rule because they will still be able
to fish in state waters where the
majority of blue crabs are harvested. In
developing these regulations, NMFS
considered right whale distribution,
entanglement risk factors, and blue crab
fishery characteristics.
A fishing trip is defined in 50 CFR
229.2 as a period that a fishing vessel
spends at sea between port visits and
during which any fishing occurs.
Comment 27: NMFS received one
comment on the object-free line
proposed for trap/pot gear fished in the
Southeast Restricted Area North. The
commenter stated that many Florida
blue crab fishermen use a second,
trailing buoy and wondered if weak
links would need to be attached to each
buoy.
Response: During the public hearings,
a few Florida blue crab fishermen
reported they attach a trailing buoy by
1–3 ft (0.3–0.91 m) of line to the surface
buoy of blue crab trap/pot. They stated
that the surface and trailing buoy
combination is used to assess ocean
currents and the direction from which
they should approach and retrieve their
gear. NMFS believes that knot-free and
object-free lines have a higher
probability of sliding through whale
baleen than lines with bumps, bulges, or
attached buoys, weights, bottles, etc.
that are larger than the line’s diameter
(splices are allowed, but not preferred).
NMFS believes that the use of a trailing
buoy and weak link as described during
the public hearing process would defeat
the purpose of the object-free line.
However, NMFS did not notify and
request comments on prohibiting
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
trailing buoys or using weak links with
trailing buoys. Therefore, NMFS will
consult with the Team and evaluate
whether to ban the use of a trailing buoy
and weak link in a future rulemaking.
Comment 28: One commenter
commented that the lack of risk
reduction proposed in the mid-Atlantic
was unacceptable. The commenter
stated that this is an area of high
seasonal use for humpbacks and subject
to sparse survey effort. The commenter
also suggested that recent increases in
dogfish and black sea bass quotas are
likely to increase effort beyond what
was considered in the model and likely
result in increased risk.
Response: See response to Comment
22.
Comment 29: One commenter
commented that the proposed measures
only incidentally protect humpback
whales in the Gulf of Maine and do
nothing to protect them in the midAtlantic. The commenter stated that the
closures are in areas where humpbacks
are known to occur but not during times
when they’re the most abundant.
Response: The closures were
developed by stakeholders in areas of
high right whale abundance. The final
rule will implement one closure in an
area including portions of
Massachusetts Bay, Cape Cod Bay, and
the Outer Cape. Humpback whales are
known to frequent these areas and,
therefore, will benefit from the closure.
As mentioned above in response to
Comment 22, NMFS chose to develop
management measures in areas of high
co-occurrence. High co-occurrence areas
are areas that have the highest frequency
of gear that overlap with right and
humpback whale sightings. NMFS
believes that these high co-occurrence
areas pose the highest relative risk of
entanglement to right and humpback
whales. Due to lower sightings data, the
mid-Atlantic did not register as an area
of high co-occurrence between whales
and fishing gear. NMFS would welcome
new information, including sightings
and effort data, on large whales in this
area. NMFS will monitor fishing effort
and whale distribution data in the midAtlantic to see if future management
measures are needed. NMFS intends to
monitor this issue as part of the Plan’s
monitoring strategy (see response to
Comment 8).
Comments on Exemption Lines/Areas
Comment 30: Several commenters
supported the proposed exemption to
New Hampshire state waters.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this
comment. The final rule will exempt
New Hampshire state waters from
portions of the Plan.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Comment 31: Several commenters
disagreed with the proposal to exempt
New Hampshire state waters and
continuing to exempt portions of Maine
state waters from the Plan.
Response: The New Hampshire
exemption and buffers around certain
Maine islands implemented under this
rule only apply to the requirement to
increase the number of traps per trawl
for commercial trap/pot gear. All other
requirements of the Plan, including the
sinking groundline and weak link
requirements are still required. NMFS
believes the risk of entanglement in the
New Hampshire exempted area and
Maine island buffers are minimal.
However, NMFS will continue to
monitor exempted areas, and encourage
states to develop contingency plans for
large whales in these areas in the event
that entanglements are identified to gear
from exempted areas.
Comment 32: One commenter stated
that Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound
should be exempt from regulations since
Narragansett Bay in RI, inshore ME, and
now possible state waters in New
Hampshire would be exempt.
Response: The exemption areas have
been developed in response to requests
from state fishery management agencies
and are designed to ensure that
regulations do not extend into areas
where whale sightings or the potential
for co-occurrence is low. Should a state
wish to exempt portions of its waters
from the Plan, NMFS has established a
process for requesting exemptions from
requirements under the Plan (see the
Plan’s Web site for more information).
Comment 33: Several commenters
supported the exemption to New
Hampshire state waters from the
increase in number of traps per trawl
but not from all aspects of the Plan.
Response: NMFS agrees with this
comment (see response to Comment 31).
Comment 34: One commenter stated
that the exemptions could increase the
risk to leatherback turtles as a large
number of boats fish in exempt waters
and exempt areas put leatherbacks at
risk.
Response: The risk to leatherbacks as
a result of the proposed New Hampshire
state waters exemption was considered
in the FEIS (Chapter 5). NMFS is not
relaxing the current restrictions in the
exempted waters, thus, does not expect
an increased risk to leatherbacks relative
to the status quo. Leatherbacks are
found within New Hampshire state
waters but not in the abundance that
they are found in other waters.
Comment 35: One commenter did not
support exemptions of small vessels
from the trawling up requirement. The
commenter stated that small vessels
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
operate close to shore and that these
proposed requirements are already
proposed to be shorter lengths. If shorter
trawls or singles were allowed then the
projections of risk reduction would
change and haven’t been analyzed in the
DEIS.
Response: The final rule does not
include a small vessel exemption.
NMFS is allowing a minimum of two
traps per trawl in some state waters as
opposed to the three traps per trawl
originally proposed. Also, there will be
a 1/4 mile buffer around three inhabited
Maine islands that will allow fishermen
fishing in those waters to continue to
fish singles. These changes and
subsequent changes to projections of
risk reductions were analyzed in the
FEIS. The changes result in only a small
adjustment to the level of risk reduction.
NMFS believes these changes address
the safety concerns for small vessel
operators, which were raised by
fishermen during the public comment
period and public hearings while still
reducing the risk of entanglement.
Comments on Closed Areas
Comment 36: Many commenters
support the proposed closures, stating
that the closures were aimed at reducing
fishing effort in key areas with high
concentrations of right whales.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this
comment. However, the final rule will
incorporate only one such closure, the
Massachusetts Bay Restricted Area. This
closure was chosen by NMFS based on
the importance of the area to right
whales and the presence of large whales
within the area during proposed closure
period, and the determination,
consistent with MMPA requirements,
that this one closure furthers the
MMPA’s intent to reduce serious injury
and mortality to levels below PBR and
approaching ZMRG, taking into account
the economics of the fishery, the
availability of existing technology, and
existing fishery management plans. See
response to comment 38.
Comment 37: Several commenters
took issue with the start date of the
proposed closure of January 1 for the
Cape Cod Bay and Massachusetts
Restricted Area. By starting the closure
January 1 the commenters felt they
would miss fishing opportunities during
the months of November and December
in that area. They stated that November
and December are especially productive
and profitable months for them.
Response: The proposed closure start
date is the same start date as the current
closure for the gillnet fisheries in that
area. The closure period reflects the
time period when whales are most
abundant in this area. The social impact
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
analysis included in the FEIS examines
the economic burden posed by the
closure and the likely effect on the
economic viability of fishing operations.
The analysis identifies vessel segments
that may be heavily impacted by the
requirements and suggests that, under
the preferred alternative, a limited
number of small vessels are most at risk
when comparing annual compliance
costs to average per-vessel revenues. As
a result, harvest levels are unlikely to
change and related industries (e.g.,
seafood processing) are not likely to be
affected. NMFS believes the expected
conservation gain of the closures will
provide the best chance for the Plan to
achieve its goals and objectives, as well
as those of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 38: Many commenters
opposed the closures and questioned
the conservation value of the closed
areas. In some of the proposed areas,
fishing effort is low so the chance of an
entanglement is already low.
Response: Based on public comments
received, in this final rule, NMFS is
implementing one closure instead of the
three originally proposed. NMFS
evaluated the conservation value and
took into consideration economic
impacts of such measures on industry.
NMFS identified one closure area that is
substantial in size and achieves a
similar conservation value but is less
economically burdensome on industry,
consistent with Section 118 of the
MMPA. The Massachusetts Restricted
Area contains habitat that is very
important and heavily utilized by right
whales and is currently closed to gillnet
fishing. The closure in this area would
be extended to trap/pot fisheries under
the final rule in an effort to lower the
risk of entanglement in a high cooccurrence area.
Comment 39: Numerous commenters
stated that a closed area would displace
fishermen to already crowded areas or
create a wall of gear just outside the
closure.
Response: NMFS analyzed the
alternatives in two ways to account for
varying fishing effort depending upon
the behavior of industry as a result of
the proposed closures. One way
assumed 100% suspension of fishing as
a result of the closures and the other
way assumed some vessels would
relocate to fish outside the closed areas.
The potential range of the reduction in
co-occurrence of the Preferred
Alternative is 37.4–37.9%. NMFS
believes that this closure will result in
a reduction in co-occurrence that will
further the likelihood of meeting the
requirements and goals of the MMPA
and ESA.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36593
Comment 40: Multiple commenters
recommended that NMFS close the
Southeast U.S. right whale critical
habitat to trap/pot fishing since the
agency proposed closing Cape Cod Bay
to trap/pot fishing in January and
February and the two areas exhibited
similar co-occurrence scores of whales
and fishing gear during this time of year
(as presented in Appendix 5–A of the
DEIS). These commenters further stated
that closing critical habitat in the
Northeast but not in the Southeast was
an inconsistent strategy given young
small calves are at a greater risk for
entanglement in the Southeast critical
habitat. Some strongly recommended
that NMFS adopt the black sea bass
seasonal closure currently required
under South Atlantic Snapper-Grouper
Fishery Management Plan as part of this
final rule throughout the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area, an area that is already
closed to gillnet fishing.
Response: NMFS did not propose a
trap/pot closure in the southeast U.S.
critical habitat or Southeast Restricted
Area North under this rulemaking
because these areas did not exhibit
extensive trap/pot fishing effort within
either of these areas when compared to
the volume of effort in Cape Cod Bay.
In addition, the characteristics of blue
crab trap/pot gear and lobster gear used
in Cape Cod Bay are very different and
therefore require different strategies to
reduce risk to right whales. NMFS
believes blue crabs can be harvested
safely within state waters for reasons
stated in the proposed rule, FEIS, and in
this final rule under comments and
responses on weak links, rope breaking
strength, and trap removal. NMFS is not
adopting the current black sea bass
seasonal closure required under the
Snapper-Grouper Fishery Management
Plan in this final rule. NMFS published
the ALWTRP proposed rule to mitigate
the threat of vertical lines in commercial
fisheries on July 16, 2013 (78 FR 42654).
In a separate, unrelated rulemaking
action, NMFS published a South
Atlantic Fishery Management Council
(SAFMC) Snapper-Grouper Fishery
Management Plan-related proposed rule
on July 2, 2013 (78 FR 39700), which,
among other things, proposed a closure
of the commercial black sea bass fishery
in the South Atlantic from
approximately Cape Hatteras, North
Carolina to Cape Canaveral, Florida
from November 1 through April 30. That
closure became effective when the final
rule was published on September 23,
2013 (78 FR 58249).
During team discussions, data
analyses, and the initial ALWTRP
rulemaking process beginning in 2009,
the Team and NMFS were unaware that
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36594
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
there would be an increase in the black
sea bass quota (specifically, during the
right whale winter migration) and
associated closure as a result of this
quota increase. Thus, this scenario was
not discussed or included in the
proposed rule. NMFS cannot implement
a similar closure in this rulemaking
because NMFS did not seek comment
on mirroring the SAFMC SnapperGrouper Fishery Management Plan
black sea bass closure to protect right
whales. NMFS will consider this issue
as it further develops the SnapperGrouper Fishery Management action
and discuss this with the Team should
a future rulemaking become necessary.
Comment 41: Multiple commenters
noted that the closure boundaries in the
Northeast could be incorrect because of
changing environmental conditions. The
commenters believe that if the
boundaries are wrong there is little
chance to change them in a timely
manner due to the lengthy process that
is required to amend the Plan. They also
did not support static closures as a
means to protect whales.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this
comment. Managing resources in
changing environmental conditions is
challenging. NMFS believes that there is
enough evidence suggesting whales
inhabit the proposed Massachusetts
Restricted Area to support closing this
area. This area has long been known to
be an important feeding ground for large
whales. In fact, according to a recent
report by Massachusetts Division of
Marine Fisheries (2011) there has been
an increase in presence of whales,
particularly right whales, in this area in
the months of January through April.
Including the Outer Cape as part of this
closure area creates a protection
corridor for the whales to travel through
on their way to their Cape Cod Bay
feeding ground. Recent passive acoustic
studies analyzing right whale calls
detected in Massachusetts Bay indicate
a persistent presence of right whales
and call activity throughout much of the
year (Morano et al., 2012; Mussoline et
al., 2012). NMFS will continue to survey
the area for whale abundance and will
work with the Team to modify the Plan
if future surveys indicate that this area
is no longer an important one for large
whales. In addition, the ability to
account for distribution shifts exists in
the current regulations (see response to
Comments 3 and 13). If it is found that
right whales remain in a closed area
longer than expected or leave earlier, or
if the boundaries of a closed area are no
longer appropriate NMFS, in
consultation with the Team, may make
changes to the requirements pursuant to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
the ‘‘Other Special Measures’’
provisions in the Plan.
Comment 42: Multiple commenters
noted that the boundaries of some of the
closures (Jeffreys Ledge and Jordan
Basin) appear to be based on right whale
distribution and not co-occurrence as
decided by the Team. They mentioned
that the closures were not fully vetted
through the Team and adding them after
the fact is not transparent to the Team
process.
Response: NMFS agrees that the
boundaries for all of the proposed
closed areas were based in part on the
distribution of right whales. Although
the Team did agree to focus its
conservation efforts on high cooccurrence areas, some Team members
expressed concern that by relying solely
on co-occurrence, some of the known
right whale high use areas would not be
adequately protected. In response,
several closure proposals were
developed by Team members. The
closure proposals were initially
discussed at the January 2012 Team
meeting followed by additional
discussion at the February and April
2012 meetings. Therefore, NMFS
disagrees with the comment that the
closures were not vetted through the
Team. Based on public comments, the
final rule does not include the Jeffreys
Ledge or Jordan Basin closure (see the
‘‘Changes from the Proposed Rule’’
section of the preamble).
Comment 43: One commenter stated
that the proposal to close the northern
portion of Cape Cod Bay was not
warranted. There is not a lot of fishing
effort in the area and to those that fish
there that area encompasses almost all
of their winter fishing area.
Response: See responses to Comments
37, 38, and 42.
Comment 44: One commenter
commended NMFS for proposing the
closures but stressed the importance of
reporting requirements to assess the
closures effectiveness. Closures could
trigger a relocation of effort so NMFS
should be ready to expand the
boundaries of the closures if this
relocation leads to new areas of high cooccurrence.
Response: NMFS intends to continue
to monitor fishing vessel trip report and
observer data, and work with states to
improve reporting requirements to
accurately capture fishing effort and
changes in fishing effort as a result of
the final rule requirements. Should
relocation of effort occur that would
result in new areas of high cooccurrence NMFS would work with the
Team to adjust the Plan as needed.
Comment 45: One commenter
suggested that NMFS consider replacing
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the proposed Jeffreys Ledge and Jordan
Basin closures with an increase to the
minimum number of traps per trawl
from November 1 through February in
Maine Zones F&G (6–12 mile) to 15
traps per trawl and in Maine Zone F&G
(12+ mile) to 20 traps per trawl.
Response: The final rule does not
include the Jeffreys Ledge and Jordan
Basin closures (see the ‘‘Changes from
the Proposed Rule’’ section of the
preamble). The rule will implement the
minimum number of traps per trawl in
Maine as requested by Maine
Department of Marine Resources. This
includes the above suggested seasonal
increase to a 20 trap per trawl minimum
in Maine Zones F&G.
Comment 46: Many commented that
the proposed area for closure in
Nantucket Sound was not justified by
the co-occurrence model.
Response: See response to Comment
42. NMFS has modified the final rule
based on public comment and chosen to
implement a seasonal closure in
Massachusetts that does not include
portions of Nantucket Sound. The final
rule reduces risk to large whales and is
consistent with the requirements of
Section 118 of the MMPA.
Comment 47: One commenter
suggested that the closures may provide
some level of reduction but these
closures may not achieve the reduction
needed to reach PBR. The closures are
a minor step in addressing the issue.
The commenter further requested that
NMFS use an appropriate and peerreviewed population model to quantify
the impact of closures on whale
populations.
Response: NMFS and the Team
cannot determine the exact percentage
reduction of vertical lines needed to
reduce serious injury and mortality of
large whales that encounter vertical
lines to PBR levels. Sufficient
information is not available on when,
where, and how entanglements occur
such that a quantifiable line reduction
target can be calculated. NMFS believes
that the closure, accompanied by the
minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement coupled with the current
regulations already required under the
Plan, will achieve the goals and
objectives of the MMPA and ESA. As
part of its monitoring plan, NMFS will
monitor the impacts of all the
requirements in the rule on whale
populations (see response to Comment
8).
Comment 48: One commenter
suggested that the time period for the
Jeffreys Ledge closure should include
September.
Response: The final rule does not
include the Jeffreys Ledge closure (see
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
the ‘‘Changes from the Proposed Rule’’
section of the preamble).
Comment 49: One commenter
supported the use of closed areas to
manage entanglement risks to right
whales in locations where right whale
abundance is predictable and impacts to
industry are minimal. The commenter
supported closing Massachusetts State
waters in the Cape Cod Bay Critical
Habitat and suggested that this closure
be state managed. The commenter
believes that a closure in Cape Cod Bay
should be dynamic to allow the state to
alter the closure based on the large
whale surveillance program conducted
in that area.
Response: See response to Comment
42. NMFS appreciates the support for a
closed area in Cape Cod Bay. NMFS
believes that the most effective closure
to reduce the risk of serious injury and
mortality would include Federal waters
as well as state waters. NMFS intends to
monitor this issue as part of the Plan’s
monitoring strategy (see response to
Comment 8).
Comment 50: Some commenters
stated that the economic costs of the
closures to the industry are too great
and outweigh the conservation benefits
to whales gained by the closures. They
stated that the reduction in cooccurrence as a result of the closures
will be minimal compared to the cost to
industry. The cost per unit of cooccurrence reduction is spread across
fewer vessels impacted by closures.
Response: NMFS partially agrees with
the commenter and has modified the
final rule based on public comment to
include one closure instead of the
proposed three (see the ‘‘Changes from
the Proposed Rule’’ section of the
preamble). NMFS is sensitive to the cost
of complying with the final rule and has
analyzed these costs in Chapter 7 of the
FEIS. NMFS believes that there is
enough evidence indicating whales
inhabit the proposed Massachusetts
Restricted Area to support closing this
area (see responses to Comments 37, 38,
and 42). The Massachusetts Restricted
Area has long been known to be an
important feeding ground for large
whales and there is a reduction in cooccurrence that will translate into a
conservation benefit, thus helping
achieve the requirements of the MMPA.
Comment 51: Multiple commenters
stated that if the Jordan Basin closure is
finalized then the boundary of the
closure area should be modified to only
include waters in LMA 1 and not have
the boundary cross the LMA 3 line as
currently proposed.
Response: The final rule does not
include the Jordan Basin closure. Please
see the ‘‘Changes from the Proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Rule’’ section of the preamble and the
response to Comments 37, 38 and 42.
Comment 52: One commenter stated
that closures are essential to reducing
serious injury/mortality of large whales.
The commenter believes that closures
are the best means to reduce risk as each
proposed closure has a high cooccurrence score during the proposed
season.
Response: NMFS believes that
closures can serve as an important
conservation tool if utilized
appropriately. However, based on
public comment and the analysis of its
alternatives found in the FEIS, NMFS
does not believe all three proposed
closures are based on high cooccurrence scores during the proposed
seasons as the commenter suggests.
Therefore, based on public comment,
the final rule does not include the
Jeffreys Ledge or Jordan Basin closure
(see the ‘‘Changes from the Proposed
Rule’’ section of the preamble and
response to Comment 42). The single
closure is consistent with the MMPA’s
provisions to reduce risk of serious
injury and mortality while also taking
into account the economics of the
fishery, the availability of existing
technology, and existing fishery
management plans.
Comment 53: Some commenters were
concerned about the failure to more
fully address vertical line risk in the
Southeast in light of the likely increased
effort in the black sea bass trap/pot
fishery during the winter as a result of
the SAFMC’s recent actions related to
the Snapper-Grouper Fishery
Management Plan. Commenters noted
that this potential increase in fishing
effort was not considered in the DEIS.
Response: SAFMC is developing
Snapper Grouper Regulatory
Amendment 16, to modify or remove
the recently implemented black sea bass
fishery closure intended to protect right
whales from entanglement in vertical
lines associated with the black sea bass
fishery. This regulatory amendment has
the potential to contradict or remain
consistent with the intent of this final
rule (intended to reduce the threat of
entanglement to right and other large
whales from vertical lines associated
with commercial fisheries). NMFS holds
a seat on the SAFMC and continues to
collaborate with the SAFMC on its
regulatory amendment to encourage
adequate protection for right whales.
Additionally, NMFS will consult the
Team and may consider future
amendments to the Plan, if appropriate,
to address new developments that affect
the risk to right and other large whales
in the South Atlantic from vertical lines
associated with commercial fishing gear.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36595
Comments on Effective Date
Comment 54: One commenter
recommended that NMFS provide an
adequate period prior to
implementation of the final rule to
allow for public education and for
industry to convert their gear to comply
with the new regulations. The
commenter further noted that affected
states might need time to make changes
to state trap/pot gear regulations to
address inconsistencies between state
regulations and NMFS’ proposed
amendments to the ALWTRP.
Response: NMFS agrees and
considered input from state managers
and industry leaders to ensure that the
date chosen for implementation is
practical and provides adequate time to
comply with new requirements. The
rule will have a phased-in
implementation. The rule will become
effective 60 days after publication in the
Federal Register; however, changes to
gear marking and gear modification
requirements in the Southeast Restricted
Area North are effective November 1,
2014, and changes to gear marking and
the minimum number of traps per trawl
requirements in the Northeast are
effective June 1, 2015. The new
minimum trap per trawl measure
requires increasing the number of traps
per vertical line which requires removal
of equipment from the water and
reconfiguration of line and equipment.
Additional time is needed for fishermen
to adapt to these changes. The changes
in the Plan require the reconfiguration
of approximately 200,000 vertical lines
at an annual compliance cost of
approximately $1.9 to $4.5 million.
NMFS finds that there is good cause for
the phased-in implementation dates to
address the public’s concerns to provide
adequate time to implement the
requirements in a cost-effective manner
and given that the impact on
conservation benefit to large whales
from this phased-in implementation
will be minimal given the relatively
short delay in implementation.
Specifically, the majority of the
conservation measures included in the
final rule will become effective 60 days
of publication, including protective
measures during calving season and a
closure starting January 1, 2015, and all
current ALWTRP requirements,
including the sinking groundline
requirement, remain in place during the
phased-in implementation of some of
the new measures.
Comment 55: One commenter stated
that there will be a significant burden
placed on industry to comply with the
proposed measures and requested that
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36596
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
NMFS provide adequate time for
industry to convert their gear.
Response: NMFS is sensitive to the
needs of industry to convert gear to the
required minimum number of traps/pots
per trawl and appropriate gear marking
scheme. Typically NMFS provides 30
days for industry to comply with new
requirements. Based on public
comment, NMFS has agreed to provide
additional time for fishermen to convert
their gear (please see response to
Comment 54).
Comment 56: Numerous commenters
requested that the implementation date
coincide with the trap/tag date of June
1, asserting that a mid-season
implementation date in the fall is not
practical.
Response: NMFS agrees with the
commenters and considered input from
state managers and industry leaders to
ensure that the date chosen for
implementation is practical and
provides adequate time to comply with
new requirements. NMFS will have a
phased in approach to the new
requirements. Based on public
comment, NMFS has agreed to provide
additional time for fishermen to convert
their gear (please see response to
Comment 54 and 55).
Comments on Gear Marking
Comment 57: Numerous people
commented that requiring one color
code for trap/pot lines deployed in state
waters and another for Federal waters as
proposed for the SERA N would force
commercial fishermen to re-rig their
gear because blue crab trap/pot gear is
fished in state, Federal, or state and
Federal waters depending on blue crab
distribution. These commenters
recommended a gear marking scheme
that would allow fishers to quickly alter
color markings without incurring the
expense and labor of changing the entire
line. One commenter requested a 3-year
phase-in period because old or wet lines
will not take paint or hold colored tape,
so entirely new lines will have to be
purchased before the fishery could come
into compliance with this measure.
However, the commenter supported the
two-color marking requirements to
differentiate trap/pot gear fished in state
vs. Federal waters. There were also
some commenters, including fishermen,
who did not object to the proposed gear
marking scheme.
Response: The concern about different
gear marking requirements between
Federal and state waters is restricted to
the blue crab fishery off Georgia and
South Carolina. NMFS believes that the
requirement for trap/pot gear fished in
Federal waters to return to port at the
end of a fishing trip will eliminate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
fishing for blue crab in Federal waters.
Consequently, NMFS does not believe
that a gear marking scheme that will
enable trap/pot gear to be easily moved
between Federal and state waters is
needed. Furthermore, the Team
highlighted that gear marking is an
important conservation measure,
specifically gear marking that allows
gear to be distinguished between areas.
NMFS appreciates the concern about
old or wet lines not taking paint or
holding colored tape. Since we did not
receive any comments from trap pot
fishermen regarding challenges with
gear marking or the need for a phase-in
period, NMFS does not believe these
actions are necessary. See response to
Comment 26.
Comment 58: Many commenters
support gear marking but felt the
proposed gear marking falls short of
managers’ needs and a more refined gear
marking is necessary.
Response: Based on implementation
considerations and technology presently
available, NMFS believes the final gear
marking scheme is appropriate. If more
promising techniques become available
in the future, NMFS will discuss them
with the Team.
Comment 59: Many commenters
stated that marking in exempted waters
would be difficult and not feasible.
Many fish both inside and outside of the
exemption area so they would need to
remark their gear with a different color
scheme every time they fish in and out
of the exempted waters. This is not time
or cost effective.
Response: NMFS has modified the
final rule based on public comment and
will not require gear marking inside the
exemption area (see ‘‘Changes from the
Proposed Rule’’ section of the
preamble).
Comment 60: Some commenters
stated that if exempted waters were
required to be marked, then Maine and
New Hampshire should have different
colors for their exempt waters and not
be grouped together.
Response: See Response to Comment
59.
Comment 61: Some commenters
stated that marking the line three times
was excessive and 1-mark mid-way
down the line is adequate. The
commenters felt that making the current
mark larger would be the easiest
approach but were unclear if this would
really make a difference.
Response: NMFS believes the current
gear marking scheme that requires only
one 4-inch mark is inadequate.
Frequently the line recovered from
entanglement events is unmarked. Of
the 499 entanglement events from 1997–
2011, gear was only recovered in 170
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
cases. Of the 499 entanglement events,
gear marking led to 51 (10%) cases
where fishery, location, and date were
identified. NMFS believes requiring
larger marks more frequently will
increase the amount of marked line
recovered during events and thus better
inform future management decisions.
Comment 62: Some commenters
questioned the need to mark in exempt
waters if the occurrence of whales in
exempt waters is rare.
Response: See response to Comment
59.
Comment 63: Two commenters cited
challenges with marking offshore gear as
the gear is always wet and infrequently
brought back to shore. The gear is also
easily identified due to its size.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this
challenge but points out that offshore
gear is currently required to be marked.
The new gear marking scheme would
expand the size and frequency of the
current gear marking scheme.
Comment 64: A few commenters
noted that fine scale marking in the Gulf
of Maine is justifiable and more unique
color codes are necessary than what is
being proposed.
Response: See response to Comment
58.
Comment 65: Many commenters
opposed increased gear marking in
LMA1 (frequency, level, or size) stating
that the gear marking only informs
where the gear was set and not where
the entanglement occurred. These
commenters suggested that NMFS
suspend increased gear marking
requirements until more definitive
regional markings are available.
Response: See response to Comment
58.
Comment 66: A few commenters
suggested that NMFS modify the
proposed gear marking to better
understand the gear configuration in the
Gulf of Maine. The commenters
suggested marking by trawl length.
Response: Various gear marking
schemes were discussed by the Team
over the course of several meetings
during the development of this rule,
including the idea suggested by the
commenter. However, the Team could
not reach agreement on how to mark
gear based on the gear’s configuration.
NMFS also solicited gear marking ideas
during its public scoping meetings,
which also did not yield any feasible
alternatives. Therefore, NMFS believes
the final gear marking scheme is
appropriate based on the current
technology that exists and public
comments received on feasibility of gear
marking.
Comment 67: One commenter
suggested adding a second color for
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
each LMA. The commenter also did not
support the use of orange as color for
marking the Southern Nearshore Trap/
Pot area as this is too similar to the red
color required in other waters.
Response: Based on implementation
considerations and technology presently
available, NMFS believes the final gear
marking scheme is appropriate (see
response to Comment 63). The current
color mark for Southern Nearshore
Trap/Pot area is orange. The final rule
does not change this color scheme.
Comment 68: One commenter
suggested that rather than just three
marks per line that the number of marks
be increased for those fishing in deeper
waters. The commenter also suggested
marking groundlines.
Response: Based on the public
comments received, NMFS believes that
three marks per line is adequate at this
time. NMFS did not propose marking
groundlines through this rulemaking.
Comments on Weak Links/Vertical Line
Comment 69: Multiple commenters
stated they already used weak links and
some used weak links with fewer hog
rings than required (i.e., lower breaking
strength). These commenters stated that
they did not have objections to the
proposed weak link requirement. One
commenter requested test trials because
he did not know how many hog rings
resulted in 200 lb (90.7 kg) breaking
strength and he wanted to ensure the
feasibility of this requirement in the
blue crab fishery. Another commenter
mentioned the importance of enforcing
the existing weak link requirements.
Other commenters recommended that
200 lb (90.7 kg) weak links be required
throughout critical habitat or throughout
SERA N.
Response: We agree that enforcement
is important and we will ensure that our
Joint Enforcement Agreements with
state agencies include checking weak
links on trap/pot gear.
We believe a three hog ring weak link
configuration is feasible for the Florida
blue crab fishery. We conducted five
trials to test the breaking strength of a
3-hog ring, side-by-side configuration
and each time found the breaking
strength to be less than 200 lbs (90.7 kg)
(NMFS unpub. data).
We are not requiring a uniform 200 lb
(90.7 kg) weak link throughout critical
habitat or the SERA N for the same
reasons a vertical line with maximum
breaking strength of 1,500 lbs (680 kg)
is not required (see response to
Comment 70).
Comment 70: A number of
commenters submitted the following
comments on the rope breaking strength
requirement: (1) The 1,500 lb (680 kg)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
vertical line breaking strength is the
most risk-averse proposal and should be
adopted for the right whale calving area
critical habitat or the entire Southeast
restricted area; (2) NMFS does not
explain why the Federal waters vertical
line breaking strength requirements
mirror those of Georgia and South
Carolina rather than the more
appropriate (and more conservative)
Florida breaking strengths; and (3)
NMFS attempted to rationalize different
rope breaking strengths in different
areas by stating that the lower breaking
strength in Florida state waters would
protect ‘‘neophyte’’ calves; however,
these same ‘‘neophytes’’ are born further
to the north where rope breaking
strengths are far higher and thus,
presumably create potentially greater
risk. On the other hand, some submitted
comments in support of lower breaking
strengths for vertical lines and weak
links in Florida state waters versus
those required for Georgia and South
Carolina. They commented that right
whales off Georgia and South Carolina
are frequently found over 3 miles from
the shoreline so there is less overlap of
whales with state water fisheries,
whereas right whales in northeast
Florida frequently inhabit state waters.
Response: NMFS does not agree with
the recommendation to require 1,500 lb
(680 kg) vertical line breaking strength
throughout critical habitat or the entire
Southeast restricted area. The rationale
for requiring different rope breaking
strengths in different areas is based on
multiple considerations: (1) Right whale
mother/calf pairs in the Southeast most
frequently occur in water depths of 10–
20 m (∼33–66 ft) (Keller et al., 2012).
Florida state waters are typically deeper
than 10 m (∼33 ft) closer to shore,
whereas depths along the coasts of
Georgia or South Carolina are generally
less than 10 meters (∼33 ft). Therefore,
NMFS believes the probability of blue
crab trap/pot gear interactions with
mother/calf pairs is higher in Florida
state waters than South Carolina or
Georgia state waters; (2) many fishermen
in South Carolina and Georgia state
waters report their trap/pot gear can be
partially buried in bottom sediment and
therefore require stronger vertical lines
to avoid unintentionally breaking lines
during retrieval; and (3) offshore Federal
waters are less protected and typically
exhibit harsher conditions that require
vertical lines with greater breaking
strengths to reduce accidental gear loss
and the potential risk to right whales
from derelict gear. Consequently, NMFS
capped the maximum vertical line
breaking strength in federal waters at
2,200 lbs (998 kg) and included the
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36597
additional requirement that all trap/pot
gear be brought back to shore at the end
of each fishing trip. NMFS believes
these combined measures provide
overall risk reduction for right whales
while taking into account their cooccurrence with fishing gear,
bathymetry, and characteristics of
fishing practices in offshore federal
waters.
Comments on Gillnets
Comment 71: Many commenters felt
that the impact from gillnet gear should
be included in the proposed vertical
line reduction measures.
Response: Including gillnets in the
proposed measures was analyzed in the
FEIS and rejected (See Chapter 3,
Appendix 3–A of the FEIS).The gear
characterization information in the cooccurrence model shows that 99% of
the vertical lines coastwide are from
lobster trap/pot and other trap/pot
fisheries (Exhibit 3A–1). For this reason,
NMFS and the Team chose to focus this
rule making on trap/pot gear only.
Comment 72: One commenter
suggested that a prohibition on gillnets
be included in the Jeffreys Ledge trap/
pot closure area.
Response: The final rule does not
include the Jeffreys Ledge closure (see
the ‘‘Changes from the Proposed Rule’’
section of the preamble and response to
Comment 42).
Comment 73: One commenter
suggested that the rule include a
prohibition on gillnets in all proposed
closure areas as well as the sliver
management area with the current Great
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area.
Response: See response to Comment
71. In addition, the amount of gillnet
vertical lines removed as a result of the
proposed closures is minimal compared
to the trap/pot gear vertical lines
removed (Chapter 3 Exhibit 3A–2 of the
FEIS). This result leads to a high
economic impact on individual gillnet
vessels but low overall conservation
impacts or reduction in co-occurrence.
Therefore, NMFS proposed the closures
for only trap/pot gear and not for gillnet
gear.
Comments on Enforcement and
Monitoring
Comment 74: Many commenters
expressed their support for increased
effort and funding for enforcement to
improve compliance.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
support and acknowledges that
enforcement is essential to the success
of the Plan’s regulations.
Comment 75: One commenter stated
that the status quo could be improved
by having mandatory training for
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36598
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
disentanglement by industry members.
He stated that it didn’t make sense to
wait hours for trained responders to
arrive during a rescue situation.
Response: NMFS has an Atlantic
Large Whale Disentanglement Network
that provides training, equipment, and
authorization for responders to
disentangle large whales. There are
defined safety protocols and established
guidelines for training and designation
of response levels within the program.
A five-level structure was established
based upon levels of training, with
respect for the inherent danger of
working with various species of large
whales. Only authorized persons may
disentangle large whales.
Comment 76: Multiple commenters
stated that the rule does not address
data gaps for lobster fishing in Federal
waters. They suggested NMFS require
Federal lobster permit holders to report
landings, gear configuration, and other
relevant information.
Response: NMFS is aware that data
gaps exist in certain fisheries. The
American lobster fishery is managed
cooperatively by the Atlantic states and
NMFS under an FMP developed by the
Atlantic States Marine Fisheries
Commission (Commission), which is a
deliberative body of 15 Atlantic coastal
states that coordinate the conservation
and management of Atlantic coastal
fishery resources. Under the American
Lobster FMP, the states issue regulations
for lobster fishing in state waters and
NMFS supports the FMP by
implementing regulations for fishing in
federal waters. NMFS continues to work
closely with the Commission to develop
uniform reporting where appropriate.
Comment 77: One commenter
expressed his support for better
enforcement and monitoring of existing
regulations before proposing additional
measures. He suggested there should be
annual stock assessments for large
whale species and a more timely
decision making process that relies on
real time information.
Response: NMFS and the Team have
developed a comprehensive monitoring
strategy that evaluates industry
compliance to the Plan’s requirements
and the overall effectiveness of the Plan
in achieving its goals and objectives (see
responses to Comments 6 and 8). NMFS
continues to work with the U.S. Coast
Guard, NOAA Office of Law
Enforcement, and state partners through
Joint Enforcement Agreements to
enforce NMFS’ regulations. NMFS
currently publishes SARs for large
whales on an annual basis because
decision making processes that rely on
real time information are challenging;
NMFS, in collaboration with the Team,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
bases decisions on the best information
available at that time.
Comment 78: One commenter
believes that the monitoring of the
impacts of the proposed changes is
unclear. The commenter recommends
that funding for large whale scar
analysis continue in order to determine
if scarring has increased or decreased
and if the reduction of vertical line has
reduced the rate of interaction. Scarring
analysis could also help to monitor the
trend in severity of the entanglements.
Response: Scarring analysis is
included as a metric in the monitoring
strategy (see Response to Comment 8).
Comment 79: One commenter feels
that NMFS must address the risk
associated with emerging fisheries.
Response: NMFS has a plan in place
to deal with emerging fisheries through
its annual List of Fisheries. Fisheries are
added to the Plan once they are
classified on the annual List of Fisheries
as having frequent or occasional
interactions with right, humpback, or
fin whales. If an emerging fishery fits
these criteria and is added to the List of
Fisheries, then that fishery would have
to abide by all the Plan’s requirements
including the proposed trawling up
requirements.
Comment 80: One commenter stated
that improved enforcement and
monitoring is needed and fisheries
should be monitored on a day to day
basis. The commenter suggested
increasing the frequency of observer
coverage or video surveillance as data
collection leads to stricter enforcement.
Response: NMFS agrees that
enforcement and monitoring are
essential to the Plan’s success. Seasampling observers collect large whale
sightings data, however, this is one of
many data collection responsibilities
and the likelihood of observing an
entanglement event is rare.
Comment 81: One commenter feels
that there should be mandated reporting
requirements for all states.
Response: See response to Comment
72. NMFS will continue to work with
state partners to improve reporting
requirements to keep the fishing effort
data in its vertical line model current.
If voluntary reporting becomes an
ineffective means to collect information,
NMFS will work with the Atlantic
States Marine Fisheries Commission on
the prospect of mandatory reporting.
Comment 82: One commenter
encouraged NMFS to produce more
robust annual monitoring reports. The
commenter also requested a full five
year report be completed before the final
rule assessing the sinking groundline
rule since it has been in place for five
years.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: See responses to Comments
6 and 8. NMFS will assess its annual
monitoring reports to ensure that the
most useful information is included.
Comment 83: One commenter
recommended a requirement that all
trap/pot fishermen permitted to fish in
federal waters record and submit data
on the location, number, and length of
time that endlines are deployed and that
NMFS should describe in the FEIS
precisely what data on endlines (e.g.,
number, location, and length) NMFS
expects state fishery agencies to provide
to evaluate compliance and rule
effectiveness.
Response: NMFS did not implement
reporting in this rule-making because
NMFS did not seek comment on this
measure in the proposed rule. Although
such reporting is outside the scope of
this rulemaking, NMFS will consult the
Team and may consider a reporting
requirement in future rulemaking.
Comments on the Shipping Industry
and/or Ship Strikes
Comment 84: One commenter stated
that he thought whales got hit by boats
and then entangled in the line so the
shipping industry should be held
accountable.
Response: The Recovery Plan for the
North Atlantic Right Whale (National
Marine Fisheries Service 2005)
identifies vessel interactions and
interactions with commercial fishing
operations as the two primary sources of
anthropogenic activities that result in
right whale death or serious injury.
Although the scenario suggested by the
commenter is plausible, NMFS
addresses vessel interactions and
interactions with commercial fishing
operations separately. Ship strikes are
evaluated through a separate action in
support of the implementation of the
North Atlantic right whale ship strike
strategy. The ship strike reduction rule,
first implemented in 2008, implements
regulatory measures that reduce the risk
of ship strike to right whales, such as
speed restrictions and vessel routing
measures. The rule is one component of
a suite of NMFS’ comprehensive right
whale ship strike reduction measures,
which also includes education and
outreach to commercial and recreational
mariners, research on technologies that
may help mariners avoid whales, a
comprehensive program of sighting
advisories to mariners, section 7
consultations to address Federal vessel
activities, and the development of a
Conservation Agreement with Canada
on a ship strike strategy. This final rule
addresses the risks to right whales from
interactions with commercial fishing
operations by reducing the risk of death
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
or serious injury when large whales
encounter vertical lines from
commercial trap/pot gear.
Comment 85: One commenter stated
that the ship speed rule should be
permanent.
Response: NMFS concurs. On
December 9, 2013 NMFS published a
final rule (78 FR 73726) that eliminated
the expiration date of the ship strike
reduction rule. The regulation is now
permanent.
Comment 86: One commenter stressed
the need to address the impact of ship
strikes.
Response: See response to Comment
84.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Comments on the Number of Traps per
Trawl
Comment 87: Several commenters
were concerned that increasing the
number of traps per trawl would create
safety issues for smaller fishing
operations. These commenters stated
that there would be stability issues and
the potential for capsizing due to the
distribution of weight of the additional
rope and traps on board.
Response: Because vertical lines pose
a risk to whales regardless of vessel size,
NMFS requires both small and large
vessels to increase the number of traps
per trawl to reduce the number of
vertical lines in the water column.
However, NMFS is aware of these safety
concerns for smaller vessels. To address
impacts to smaller vessels, state
managers and industry representatives
on the Team proposed utilizing a
smaller minimum number of trap/pots
per trawl. Those smaller limits in
inshore state water areas are contained
in this final rule. Also, based on public
comment NMFS modified the final rule
to allow for a minimum of two traps per
trawl in some areas that previously
would have required three traps per
trawl. NMFS also established a 1⁄4 mile
buffer around three inhabited Maine
islands to allow those small vessels to
continue to fish single trap/pots. NMFS
believes that these modifications
address the small vessel safety concerns
while still meeting the conservation
goals of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 88: Several commenters
disagreed with the changes to the
inshore fishery to require pairs or triples
and no longer allow singles. They stated
that they fish around shallow bays and
rugged bottoms so fishing with anything
more than a single would create gear
loss or damage. They suggested a near
shore exemption for singles.
Response: The final rule does not
include a near shore exemption for
singles. See response to Comment 87.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Comment 89: One commenter stated
that it appeared that concessions were
made to minimize the hardships in
meeting the plan’s goal and LMA 2
lobstermen are disproportionally
affected by the proposal. The
commenter stated that Downeast Maine
lobstermen were allowed to fish doubles
but those in LMA 2 would be required
to go up to three traps per trawl in state
waters even though there are probably
30–50% fewer vertical lines in LMA 2
today than in the past due to the lobster
stock collapse.
Response: NMFS modified the final
rule based on public comment. All those
fishing in state waters of LMA 2 will be
allowed to fish doubles rather than the
previously proposed three traps per
trawl.
Comment 90: Several commenters
stated that trawls would increase gear
conflict and thus ghost gear.
Response: NMFS evaluated the effects
of trawls on gear loss in Chapter 6 of the
FEIS. Overall, the effect of trawling on
gear loss is unclear. While data from a
Maine trawling project completed in
2012 suggest some potential for
increased gear loss during fishermen’s
transition to trawls, the more extensive
data from the Massachusetts ghost gear
survey completed in 2011 suggest that
trawls are less subject to gear loss in
steady-state conditions. Gear loss is
likely a function of numerous variables
that extend well beyond the trawl
configuration, including bottom
structure, shipping traffic, gear density,
gear conflicts, tides, currents, and
weather events. The net effect of
trawling in the context of all these
variables is difficult to characterize or
quantify. NMFS will continue to
monitor this issue and consider future
rulemaking if warranted.
Comment 91: One commenter stated
that it was more profitable and safer to
fish singles than trawls.
Response: Analysis of the impact to
catch as a result of trawling is discussed
in Chapter 6 of the FEIS. Data to support
a quantitative analysis of trawling
effects on catch are extremely limited.
Because multiple factors influence catch
rates (gear configuration, gear density,
the abundance of the target species,
bottom structure, soak time, individual
skill, etc.), it is difficult to isolate the
effect of trawl configuration on catch.
Research has demonstrated that the
optimal spacing of lobster traps depends
upon the abundance of lobster in an
area; the greater the density of lobster,
the greater the density of traps that can
be fished without an adverse impact on
catch per trap (Schreiber, 2010). In
Massachusetts waters, where lobster
appear to be less dense than Maine
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36599
waters, there is a possibility that
changing gear configurations may
impact catch. These impacts may
diminish over time, as fishermen adapt
to new gear configurations and learn to
fish longer trawls more efficiently.
NMFS believes that the minimum
number of traps per trawl required and
exceptions made to this requirement
adequately address the safety concerns
association with fishing trawls while
still providing a viable economic return
to fishermen.
Comment 92: A few commenters
questioned the proposal to increase the
number of traps per trawl and stated
their opinion that a whale would be
more likely to survive a single pot
entanglement than an entanglement in a
trawl.
Response: NMFS believes that a single
line of high breaking strength with one
or multiple traps can be deadly. Past
experiences show that just a simple loop
can kill a whale. Also, fewer vertical
lines create a lower entanglement risk to
whales.
Comment 93: Many commenters
supported the proposed number of traps
per trawl, particularly the proposed
increase outside state waters.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
support.
Comment 94: Several commenters
mentioned the danger of fishing with
trawls in the Outer Cape citing issues
related to storms, traffic, and tides
unique to the Outer Cape.
Response: NMFS is sensitive to these
concerns and the uniqueness of the
Outer Cape. The final rule will require
those fishing on the Outer Cape to fish
a minimum of two traps per trawl as
opposed to larger trawls required
elsewhere.
Comment 95: A few commenters
stated that many in the Outer Cape and
Cape Cod Bay use singles and wondered
if there were confirmed interactions
with singles in these areas. If there are
not then why penalize fishermen?
Response: It is uncertain how many
interactions there have been with Outer
Cape and Cape Cod Bay gear. Because
most large whale entanglements
(particularly those involving right
whales) tend to be free swimming
entanglements when detected and the
gear recovered from these
entanglements do not provide adequate
information to determine where an
entanglement occurred, entanglements
from specific fisheries and areas are
rarely documented. After the
implementation of the broad based
prohibition on floating groundline in
2009, 54 new whale entanglements were
reported: 21 in 2010 (5 right and 16
humpback), and 33 in 2011 (11 right, 21
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36600
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
humpback, and 1 fin). The entangling
gear was either retrieved or identified in
only 15 of these incidents. NMFS must
take action to ensure the goals of the
MMPA and ESA are met.
Comment 96: Two commenters stated
that mandating one buoy line on trawls
per five traps or less would cause a
safety issue and the potential for gear
loss and gear conflict. It is a common
problem for boat traffic or gear conflict
to cause the temporary or permanent
loss of a buoy, connected to a vertical
line, identifying a trawl. Without the
option to haul that trawl from a second
vertical line there is a potential for
increased ghost gear.
Response: The regulations currently
require one buoy line on trawls having
less than or equal to five traps. The final
rule would not change this requirement.
Comment 97: One commenter had
concerns with the trawling up strategy,
stating that those fishing in Federal
waters are already fishing trawls with
the minimum number proposed so there
would be no reduction in vertical lines.
Response: NMFS disagrees with this
comment. The model used current data
to estimate vertical lines based on
current fishing practices and estimated
the reduction in vertical lines that
would result from compliance with the
new requirements. This demonstrates
that there would be a reduction in
vertical lines.
Comment 98: Two commenters felt
that NMFS should set vertical line
reduction limits and work with the
Atlantic States Marine Fisheries
Commission and Fishery Management
Councils to reach those targets. One
commenter felt that gillnet and other
trap/pot fisheries should be included in
this process as well.
Response: The MMPA provides the
authority to address marine mammal
bycatch; NMFS is responsible for
implementing the MMPA. Both the
ASMFC and FMCs provide input to
NMFS through their representatives on
the Team. Also, see responses to
Comments 12 and 47.
Comment 99: Numerous commenters
voiced safety concerns associated with
trawling up in waters surrounding
Maine’s many islands. The bottom is
rocky and shallow in this area and many
small boats fish these waters. The
waters are generally less than 30
fathoms deep and unlikely to increase
co-occurrence risk; some suggested a 1⁄4
mile exemption around islands from the
proposal to increase the number of traps
per trawl. One commenter suggested
limiting the trawl minimums on a
seasonal basis for areas around islands
which are considered state waters but
that are found outside the 3-mile line.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Response: See response to Comment
87. The final rule includes a 1⁄4 mile
exemption around three inhabited
islands in Maine. Those fishing in these
waters will have no minimum number
of traps per trawl requirement; however,
all other requirements would remain in
place.
Comment 100: A few commenters
commented that the four pocket waters
in Maine should maintain their current
practices of fishing pairs rather than
increasing to triples. These pocket
waters are described in Federal law (50
CFR 697.24). Maintaining current
practice in these waters is operationally
practical for both industry and
enforcement. One commenter also notes
that the co-occurrence score near the
pocket waters exceeds one in only one
month at the head of one pocket water
with the majority of this score located
outside of the pocket water boundary.
Response: NMFS modified the final
rule based on public comment to
include the definition of pocket waters.
The rule defines the geographic location
of pocket waters and applies the same
gear requirements for traps per trawl as
in state waters, and as such, those
fishing in that area can maintain the
current practice of fishing pairs rather
than increasing to triples.
Comment 101: Two commenters
commented on Rhode Island’s single pot
fishery. They stated that three-pot trawls
are not an option for small boats for
safety reasons. They also mentioned that
there is no known serious injury/
mortality in Rhode Island state waters
and the area has a low co-occurrence
score and as such should be exempted.
Response: NMFS modified the final
rule based on public comment. The
minimum number of traps per trawl
required in Rhode Island state waters
will be two instead of the three pot
trawls originally proposed.
Comment 102: One commenter
requested NMFS to decrease the
minimum number of traps per trawl in
LMA 2 (12+) from 20 to 15.
Response: The Preferred Alternative
in the proposed rule proposed 15 as a
minimum number of traps per trawl in
LMA 2 (12+). The Preferred Alternative
in the final rule includes this as well.
Comment 103: One commenter stated
that there are indicators that suggest
rope is too strong for whales to break
free and a serious entanglement and/or
injury could occur.
Response: The final rule includes
numerous measures to reduce the
likelihood that a serious entanglement
will occur. The rule requires a weaker
breaking strength of rope in the
Southeast where the potential for calves
to get entangled is higher. The rule also
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
defines a maximum breaking strength of
weak links in the Southeast. Weak links
are designed to reduce the breaking
strength of traditional gear and have
been in the Plan since its inception.
Also, the final rule will lead to less
vertical lines in the water which will
make an encounter less likely.
Comment 104: One commenter feels
that it is problematic to ban singles in
areas where recreational fishing occurs
and this creates a double standard.
Response: The regulations
implementing the Plan are governed by
Section 118 of the MMPA, which
requires take reduction teams to assist
NMFS in the development of take
reduction plans that address serious
injuries and mortalities of marine
mammals that interact with commercial
fishing operations. Therefore, the
proposed measures apply to commercial
fishing only. However, recreational
fishermen who take marine mammals
are in violation of the MMPA
prohibition against taking marine
mammals. However, states may choose
to regulate recreational fisheries within
their state jurisdictions.
Comment 105: One commenter
asserted that it was counterintuitive that
there would be a ban on singles
proposed in the Northeast but a
proposal to require singles in the
Southeast. The commenter questioned
the lack of consistency between regions.
Response: The proposed measures
differ between the Northeast and
Southeast region, as well as from state
to state, to account for variance in
fisheries, right whale habitat use, right
whale life history stage, and
environmental features. The core right
whale calving area located within the
Southeast is of particular conservation
concern due to the presence of neophyte
calves and reproducing females. Singles
are required in this area because calves
may be able to break free of an
entanglement in lighter single trap gear
configuration than from a heavier
multiple trap trawl gear configuration.
Also, in an effort to reduce damage to
sensitive habitats, single traps/pots are
preferable in the Southeast. The
Southeast U.S. has many coastal
habitats that include live bottom and
corals; in particular, there are ample
amounts of live bottom off the coast of
Northeast Florida. Traps set in multiple
trap trawls can damage live bottom
more than single traps. Groundlines
may drag across the bottom, potentially
shearing off living organisms most
important in providing topographic
complexity (Barnette, 2001).
Furthermore, the area swept by the
groundline is orders of magnitude
greater than the cumulative area of the
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
traps themselves (Barnette, 2001). It is
estimated that hauling in a single trap
results in 30% more damage to the
substrate than setting the trap itself
(Appledorn et al., 2000); thus, hauling
in multiple traps would increase the
extent of the habitat damage more than
hauling a single pot.
Comment 106: One commenter stated
that a number of fishermen can’t fish the
minimum number traps/trawl proposed
for the 12 mile line in Maine. The
commenter suggested proposing a ‘safe
trawl equivalency.’ Fishermen could
fish in areas traditionally fished with a
number of traps they feel is safe. This
would be no less than 10 traps/trawl but
they would have to apply for this
equivalency and explain why they are
not able to fish the standard limit.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
suggestion. NMFS developed the
minimum number of traps per trawl
with input from multiple stakeholder
groups. NMFS believes that the
minimum number of traps per trawl in
the final rule is adequate, and addresses
the safety concerns of industry while
meeting the MMPA and ESA goals.
Comment 107: One commenter
suggested that the rule include a
recommendation to maximize the
number of traps per trawl as a voluntary
measure similar to the current
recommendation that ropes should be as
knotless as possible.
Response: NMFS appreciates this
suggestion and will add the suggestion
to maximize the number of traps per
trawl in northeastern waters to outreach
materials similar to what is done with
the knotless rope recommendation.
Comment 108: Numerous commenters
supported the proposed increase in
traps per trawl including adopting the
proposed 6-mile line in Maine.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
support for this measure in the final
rule.
Comment 109: One commenter
supported the proposed trawl
minimums but stated without a defined
target for reduction the trawl minimums
are unlikely to achieve the required
impact without the use of closures.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
support for the trawl minimums and
agrees that both the trawl minimums
and closures combined will achieve the
best reduction in co-occurrence. The
final rule includes both trawl
minimums and a seasonal closure.
Regarding the use of a defined target for
reduction, please see the response to
Comments 12 and 47.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Comments on Trap Reduction/Existing
Measures
Comment 110: A few commenters
noted that LMA 2 has undergone trap
reductions and the impact of these trap
reductions should be accounted for
when considering vertical line
reductions.
Response: The measures developed
are based on a vertical line model that
allowed us to target conservation
measures in areas that have the highest
overlap of large whale sightings per unit
effort with vertical lines associated with
commercial trap/pot and gillnet fishing.
The model accounts for the way the
fishing industry deployed its gear in the
past, which reflect the requirements
when the proposed measures were
developed. NMFS acknowledges that
effort reduction has taken place;
however, a reduction in traps does not
necessarily equate to a reduction in the
number of vertical lines in the water
column. During the comment period,
NMFS requested comments on how best
to quantify potential future trap
reductions or increases with respect to
how many vertical lines could be
reduced or increased. NMFS did not
receive any substantive comments
addressing this issue. NMFS realizes
that potential effort reductions or
increases in the future could reduce or
increase the number of vertical lines in
the water column. NMFS, in
consultation with the Team, has
developed a monitoring strategy to
evaluate industry compliance with the
Plan and the effectiveness of the Plan in
achieving the plan’s goals and
objectives. For more information on the
monitoring strategy, please see the
response to Comment 8.
Comment 111: One commenter
requested that NMFS anticipate the
implementation of Addendum XVII to
the American Lobster FMP intended to
reduce the number of LMA 2 traps to
greater than 50% in six years through
active and passive reductions. He stated
that 50% reduction in traps may not
equate to the same vertical line
reduction but it’s anticipated the
vertical line goal could be met by trap
reductions and there should be an
attempt to quantify potential line
reduction from effort control.
Response: See response to Comment
110.
Comment 112: A few commenters
noted that trap reductions occur when
permits are transferred and thus the
numbers of vertical lines are reduced.
There has also been a reduction of traps
because of the general reduction of
fishermen.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36601
Response: See response to Comment
110.
Comment 113: A few commenters
suggested that many fishermen are
fishing below their allotment of trap/pot
gear on their permit and flexibility
should be allowed. They stated that
NMFS can reduce the number of vertical
lines by allowing fishermen the option
of either trawling up or fishing below
their allotment of traps with less
number of trawls.
Response: NMFS and the Team
discussed this issue at several of its
Team meetings during the development
of this rule. Similar to the response to
Comment 105, NMFS and the Team
could not quantify how fishing below
ones trap/pot allocations equates to a
reduction in the number of vertical lines
in the water column.
Comment 114: One commenter stated
that LMA3 traps have been reduced by
over 30% and will continue to be
reduced by another 25% through active
reduction. The passive reductions will
result in 10% of transferred traps being
retired.
Response: See response to Comment
110.
Comment 115: Some commenters
stated that many of the goals of the
ALWTRP are currently being achieved
through the South Atlantic Fishery
Management Council Snapper-Grouper
Fishery Management Plan since it limits
the number of endorsements, requires
pot tending, requires that pots return to
shore at the end of the fishing trip, and
limits fishermen to a 1000 lb (453.6 kg)
trip limit.
Response: In the proposed rule, we
acknowledged changes within the
commercial black sea bass trap/pot
fishery have reduced risk to large
whales. The most important and
effective risk reduction measure is that
South Atlantic black sea bass fishing
season has not co-occurred with the
right whale season since January 2010
(i.e., no temporal or spatial overlap
between commercial black sea bass trap/
pot gear and right whales). However,
there are other trap/pot fisheries active
within the SERA N during the right
whale calving season that NMFS must
consider.
Comments on Research
Comment 116: Many commenters
expressed their support for increased
funding for research and
disentanglement.
Response: NMFS appreciates the
support for funding for both research
and disentanglement efforts.
Comment 117: One commenter
commented that NMFS should continue
to research and develop alternative
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36602
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
fishing gear as a way to mitigate the
effect of a potential increase in effort
outside the closure areas. The
commenter encouraged the
development of ropeless fishing or
reduced breaking strength of vertical
lines.
Response: NMFS agrees that gear
research is an important component of
the Plan. NMFS funded two studies to
look at the feasibility of ropeless fishing
by using grapples/hooks to haul gear.
There were a number of complications
with this fishing method that made it
infeasible from an economic and safety
standpoint. At this time, ropeless
fishing is not a feasible option. NMFS
encourages the fishing industry, state
partners, and others to work
collaboratively with the agency to
continue to develop new ideas and
techniques that will reduce
entanglement risk. NMFS is committed
to gear research and development and,
as funding allows, will continue to
develop reliable and safe gear
modifications.
Comments on Economic and Social
Impacts (of the Plan)
Comment 118: Two commenters
stated that the data used for the offshore
fishery (LMA 3) in the socio-economic
analysis is flawed and is not an accurate
depiction of the fishery.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
the characterization of the offshore
lobster fishery, like the characterization
of other fisheries, is subject to the
limitations of available data. The EIS
attempts to address these limitations,
where possible, by drawing on data
from multiple sources. In the case of the
offshore lobster fishery, for example,
estimates of the impact of trawling
requirements on revenues are based in
part on catch-per-trap estimates from a
2005 survey conducted by the Gulf of
Maine Research Institute, and in part on
data reported in the 2009 Lobster Stock
Assessment, focusing on Georges Bank
as an indicator of offshore catch rates
(see Exhibit 6–4). These and the other
sources upon which the EIS relies
constitute the best available information
on the economic characteristics of the
offshore lobster fishery.
Comment 119: One commenter
disagreed that, with lower landings, less
consumer surplus will lead to a greater
boat price for fishermen to help offset
the cost or loss in revenue from these
proposed regulations. The commenter
did not believe this would occur, and
instead thought that the U.S. imports
Canadian lobsters with no import/
export quota restriction; meaning when
these proposed closures result in lower
landings from Maine, New Hampshire
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
and Massachusetts, the U.S. businesses
depending on this product will increase
their imports from Canada before an
increase in boat price will trickle down
through dealers to harvesters. This may
result in a higher Canadian price first,
possibly a higher U.S. price later but
nothing that will substitute for the
projected 40–66% loss in average
annual gross revenue.
Response: As the EIS indicates, the
dynamics of the lobster market are
complex. The potential moderating
effect of imports from Canada on any
increase in U.S. prices adds to this
complexity. In light of these
considerations—as well as the relatively
modest impact the alternatives would
likely have on U.S. landings—the
analysis does not attempt to adjust the
estimate of economic impacts on U.S.
lobstermen to account for a potential
increase in ex-vessel prices. It simply
notes the possibility that a reduction in
catch could lead to an increase in
prices. It does not suggest that any such
increase would be sufficient to offset the
impact of a closure, either on the vessels
displaced by the closure or on the
industry as a whole.
Comment 120: One commenter
commented that the loss in revenue as
a result of closures will be more than
predicted, stating that the cost is
severely underestimated and that the
cost per unit of co-occurrence reduction
is much larger.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the
difficulty of predicting the impact of
seasonal area closures on affected
vessels. The EIS evaluates an upper and
a lower bound scenario in an attempt to
characterize the potential range of
effects. In the upper bound scenario, the
analysis assumes that vessels whose
effort is displaced by the closure will
not relocate that effort to other areas;
hence, all revenue (net of operating cost
savings) associated with this effort is
assumed to be lost. NMFS believes this
approach provides a conservative but
reasonable high-end estimate of the
potential economic impacts of a closure.
The commenter also notes the
relatively high cost of closures,
compared to minimum trawl-length
requirements, in achieving a reduction
in co-occurrence scores. The summary
of the impact analysis (see Chapter 8)
explicitly addresses this issue.
Clarification Requests for the FEIS
Comment 121: One commenter
commented that the change in number
of vertical lines and co-occurrence is not
partitioned out by state versus Federal
and, as such, it is difficult to evaluate
the proposed rule.
Response: NMFS has attempted to
present the results of the analysis in a
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
manner that clearly communicates the
key impacts of the alternatives under
consideration. While presentation of
some findings at a higher degree of
geographic resolution is theoretically
possible, developing this information
would require a substantial investment
of analytic resources. NMFS has
evaluated the effectiveness of each
alternative in reducing co-occurrence
scores in all waters subject to the
requirements of the Plan, and believes it
is appropriate to report the impacts of
each alternative at that level.
Comment 122: One commenter
requested that the discussion of weak
links be expanded to include evidence
that weak links have prevented
entanglements, reduced the likelihood
that an entangled whale would be
seriously injured or die, have failed to
prevent entanglements, or may be
counterproductive in helping whales
shed gear.
Response: Additional information was
added to the FEIS to address this
comment.
Comment 123: One commenter
requested that the FEIS identify the
steps NMFS will take to ensure
enforcement of the new trawling up
requirements.
Response: See response to Comment
122.
Comment 124: One commenter
requested that the analysis be revised to
identify criteria being used to determine
when the economic costs of closures
outweigh the conservation benefit to
large whales.
Response: As the EIS notes, NMFS’
evaluation of regulatory alternatives is
guided by the requirements of the
MMPA, the ESA, and the National
Environmental Policy Act, as well as the
requirements of other Federal laws like
the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as
amended by the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act)
and executive orders such as Executive
Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and
Review. None of these statutes or
executive orders establishes explicit
criteria for determining when the
economic costs of a regulatory measure
outweigh its benefits when—as is the
case here—costs and benefits cannot be
fully quantified and measured. In such
cases, identification of a preferred
alternative requires an assessment of all
information available, including
information on the potential impacts of
management measures that cannot be
quantified. The preferred alternative
that NMFS has identified was
developed on the basis of such an
assessment.
Comment 125: One commenter
requested that the FEIS provide data on
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
recent levels of fishing effort and
economic impacts for proposed
closures. Those data should include the
number of affected fishermen, amount
of gear set, and volume and net
revenues of ex-vessel landings.
Response: Chapter 6 of the EIS
provides the requested parameters in a
series of exhibits (Exhibits 6–17, 6–22,
and 6–24). For each closure, these
exhibits show the number of affected
vessels, the average number of traps per
affected vessel, and the revenue lost per
trap fished. As explained earlier in the
chapter, the lost revenue figures
incorporate assumptions regarding the
total landings per trap (in pounds)
during the closure period.
Exhibit 6–25 presents a concise
summary of the commercial fishing
activity each closure would be likely to
affect. Exhibit 6–28 presents estimates
of the costs associated with each
closure.
Comment 126: One commenter
requested that the FEIS include a
discussion of the full range of Team and
peer reviewer comments on the
limitations of the model.
Response: As the EIS notes,
documentation for the Vertical Line
Model, including a detailed discussion
of the model’s limitations, is available
online at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/
protected/whaletrp/eis2013/.
The peer review of an earlier draft of the
model’s documentation is available at
the same Web site.
A summary of each of the 16 public
hearings held in 2013 to solicit
comments on the DEIS is available
online at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/
protected/whaletrp/vlr2013/.
These summaries include comments
made on the limitations of the Vertical
Line Model, as well as other aspects of
the DEIS.
Written comments on the DEIS are
publicly available as part of the
regulatory docket for this rulemaking.
Volume II of the FEIS provides a
summary of these comments, along with
NMFS’ responses. This includes
comments submitted by members of the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Team, as well as comments submitted
by others, concerning the limitations of
the Vertical Line Model.
Comment 127: One commenter stated
that there is no part of LMA3 that is
within the 3–12 mile zone so this
should be corrected in the traps per
trawl proposals.
Response: This correction has been
made.
Comment 128: One commenter
requested that the FEIS include a more
thorough explanation and discussion on
the following: impacts to sea turtles,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
rationale for continuing to exempt
portions of Maine waters, recent fishery
management actions, ocean noise,
offshore energy development, and
impacts and risks of chronic
entanglements.
Response: The FEIS was updated to
include a more thorough explanation.
Comment 129: One commenter
commented that NMFS did not provide
a sufficient variety of alternatives in the
DEIS. The commenter suggested
additional alternatives including
reducing co-occurrence by 50%,
mandating reductions in the amount of
gear that can be used and season it is
fished, and addressing gillnets.
Response: The Council on
Environmental Quality guidance states
that when there is a potentially large
number of alternatives exist only a
reasonable number of examples,
covering a spectrum of alternatives,
must be analyzed and compared in the
EIS. NMFS believes that the number of
alternatives (seven) analyzed in the EIS
was adequate. The alternatives analyzed
were a combination of stakeholder
proposals developed by the Team
during the course of several meetings
and the result of input received during
the 15 public scoping meetings.
Comment 130: One commenter
requested that the FEIS include adjusted
co-occurrence scores for the midAtlantic as was done for the Northeast
to account for areas with minimal to no
survey effort.
Response: NMFS considered
expanding the analysis presented in
Appendix 5–B of the EIS to include the
mid-Atlantic, but concluded that to do
so would be overly speculative, given
the relative dearth of both survey effort
and opportunistic sightings data in the
region for much of year. Rather than
suggest a greater understanding of the
potential for co-occurrence in the midAtlantic than the data warrant, NMFS
chose to limit the analysis to the
Northeast, where the effort to fill gaps
in the effort-corrected sightings data
would be better informed by
opportunistic data on the presence of
whales. Note too that the primary
purpose of the analysis presented in
Appendix 5–B is to examine how the
use of adjusted sightings data would
influence NMFS’ assessment of the
impact of the vertical line management
measures under consideration. With the
exception of gear marking, none of these
measures apply to mid-Atlantic waters.
Thus, while development of adjusted
sightings scores for the mid-Atlantic
would alter the estimates of absolute
impacts on co-occurrence, it would have
no effect on the relative ranking of
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36603
alternatives with respect to this
measure.
Comments on the Co-Occurrence Model
Comment 131: One commenter stated
that the projections of risk reduction
from a model are not accurate and don’t
work in the real world.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the
uncertainties inherent in any attempt to
model complex interrelationships, such
as that between commercial fishing
activity and entanglement risk. Through
its research programs, NMFS has
invested considerable resources in
improving our understanding of these
issues. While uncertainties remain,
NMFS believes that the co-occurrence
model makes appropriate use of the
information available to help guide
development and assessment of
alternative management measures. As
better information is developed, NMFS
will incorporate it into the analytic tools
it employs to inform the further
development of the Plan.
Comment 132: A few commenters
commented that there is a lack of
statistical conclusion in the model
citing the comments of one of the peer
reviewers that ‘‘this version of model is
not ready to be used in a management
application until its performance has
been validated or compared with other
approaches’’.
Response: The data the Vertical Line
Model employs were derived from a
variety of sources, including fishing
reports, surveys, and expert judgment,
not all of which are amenable to
statistical analysis; thus, it is not
possible to generate statistical
confidence intervals that characterize
the uncertainty in the model’s output. In
addition, the availability of data to
validate the model is limited. When
such information is available—as was
the case with data on vertical line use
in Massachusetts—NMFS has employed
it to refine the model. NMFS has also
shared information with other
researchers who are attempting to model
various indicators of entanglement risk,
and has invited them to share
information on their approaches with
the Team. To NMFS’ knowledge,
however, these models have yet to be
completed. Until they are more fully
developed, attempts to validate the
Vertical Line Model through
comparisons with these models would
be premature. NMFS will consider the
recommendation to make such
comparisons in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking
efforts.
Comment 133: One commenter stated
that the data used in the model is not
sufficient for the intended purpose and
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36604
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
stated that the use of Right Whale
Consortium data only for all whale
species was not appropriate. Inclusion
of data outside this database would
provide a more balanced and complete
picture.
Response: NMFS incorporated the
Right Whale Consortium data into the
Vertical Line Model at the
recommendation of the Team. Members
of the team have also expressed interest
in expanding the data the model
considers to include information on the
presence or distribution of whales from
other sources, such as acoustic
monitoring systems. NMFS recognizes
the potential value of this information,
but notes that incorporation of data from
these sources raises issues of
comparability and consistency that it
has yet to investigate and resolve.
Addressing these issues and
incorporating the data into the model
would delay action on modification of
the Plan, which would be inconsistent
with the timeline for action to which
NMFS has committed. NMFS believes
that the information the model
incorporates at this time is sufficient to
guide development and assessment of
alternative management measures.
NMFS will consider the
recommendation to incorporate
additional data in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking
efforts.
Comment 134: One commenter
suggested that after a final rule has been
adopted, NMFS should revise the
current model or develop a new one
more suitable to estimate the extent to
which co-occurrence between whales
and gear would be reduced, and the
uncertainty of this estimate.
Response: NMFS will consider this
recommendation in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking
efforts.
Comment 135: One commenter
requested that a study be completed to
validate the model against results of an
alternative co-occurrence model at least
for LMA 1. Based on those results the
model should be modified and cooccurrence estimates recalculated.
Response: As noted above, NMFS will
consider this recommendation in future
model development, analysis, and
rulemaking efforts.
Comment 136: One commenter stated
that the model is not an accurate
method to detect whales as it only relies
on visual sightings. It’s possible that
other important areas exist and alternate
technology to detect high risk areas
needs to be included in the model.
Response: The sightings dataset upon
which the model relies was
incorporated into the model at the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
recommendation of the Team. Members
of the team have also expressed interest
in expanding the data the model
considers to include information on the
presence or distribution of whales from
other sources, such as acoustic
monitoring systems. Also see response
to Comment 133.
Comment 137: A few commenters had
concerns regarding the adequacy of the
model and commented that NMFS
should discuss the model’s limitations
and how they affect model output.
Response: The documentation for the
Vertical Line Model, including a
discussion of the model’s limitations, is
available online at https://
www.nero.noaa.gov/protected/whaletrp/
eis2013/. The peer review of
an earlier draft of the model’s
documentation is available at the same
site. See also response to Comment 126.
Comment 138: A few commenters
commented that additional data and
approaches should be used to
strengthen the accuracy of the model.
The commenters stated that the model
was based on outdated data and had
concerns about averaging fishing effort
across large areas as well as the failure
to include opportunistic, acoustic, and
telemetry data on whale distribution.
Response: As noted above, NMFS will
consider these recommendations in
future model development, analysis,
and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 139: A few commenters
commented that the model fails to
provide adequate information regarding
uncertainty. The commenters suggested
that NMFS provide a qualitative score
that ranks the quality of data that was
input into each analysis cell.
Response: NMFS will consider this
recommendation in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking
efforts. NMFS notes, however, that the
model’s documentation already
includes a detailed description of the
fishing effort data upon which the
model relies, along with detailed
discussions of the limitations of the
data. Similarly, the documentation
discusses the limitations of the whale
sightings data and presents a detailed
analysis showing the effect of adjusting
for key data gaps and uncertainties.
NMFS believes that this information
provides a more than adequate
description of the limitations of the
model.
Comment 140: A few commenters
commented that the model appears
sensitive to the presence of whales but
a basic examination of the sensitivity of
the model to all inputs would be
helpful. NMFS needs to evaluate
uncertainty even if the evaluation is
qualitative in nature.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Response: NMFS will consider this
recommendation in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking
efforts.
Comment 141: A few commenters
commented that the model should
include all data on distribution of
whales, that NMFS should ask states for
data on fishing activity and investigate
the possibility of modeling activity in
relation to physical parameters and
environmental conditions to address
data gaps. The commenters also
suggested investigating alternative
models that calculate risk.
Response: As noted above, the whale
sightings dataset upon which the model
relies was incorporated into the model
at the recommendation of the Team.
Members of the team have also
expressed interest in expanding the data
the model considers to include
information on the presence or
distribution of whales from other
sources, and to include information on
physical parameters (e.g., depth) or
environmental conditions (e.g., the
presence of prey species) that may
identify areas that whales are likely to
frequent. NMFS recognizes the potential
value of this information and will
consider this recommendation in future
model development, analysis, and
rulemaking efforts.
NMFS has collaborated closely with
state fisheries managers to obtain all
available data on fishing activity (and
other parameters) for use in the Vertical
Line Model. Similarly, NMFS has
shared information with other
researchers who are attempting to model
various indicators of entanglement risk,
and has invited them to share
information on their approaches with
the Team. NMFS will continue to work
collaboratively with these groups to
ensure that development of the Plan
takes appropriate advantage of the
information and insights they can
provide.
Changes From the Proposed Rule
NMFS changed the preferred
alternative from the one identified in
the proposed rule published on July 16,
2013 (78 FR 42654). That alternative
was then modified slightly based on
public comments received during the
comment period. The preferred
alternative is the most cost-effective of
the alternatives when comparing cooccurrence reduction to cost of
compliance. The measures proposed in
the final rule would achieve nearly as
great a reduction in co-occurrence as
what was presented in the proposed
rule at approximately 57 to 70 percent
of the estimated cost. The modifications
are within the range of previously
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
analyzed effects and do not constitute a
substantial change from the DEIS. The
modifications continue to increase the
likelihood of meeting the requirements
and goals of MMPA section 118 to
reduce serious injury and mortality to
below PBR and approaching ZMRG,
taking into account the economics of the
fishery, the availability of existing
technology, and existing fishery
management plans. The modifications
are listed below:
(1) NMFS received numerous
comments questioning the rationale of
proposing closures that would result in
large economic loss for the industry but
little reduction in co-occurrence and
thus little conservation gain. NMFS is
sensitive to the cost of complying with
the final rule and has analyzed these
costs in Chapter 7 of the FEIS. The final
rule will implement one seasonal trap/
pot closure (Massachusetts Restricted
Area) instead of the three originally
proposed under Alternative 5. This
closure area includes Cape Cod Bay, the
Outer Cape, and portions of
Massachusetts Bay.
(2) The final rule will exempt New
Hampshire State waters from the
minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement implemented in this final
rule. Those fishing in New Hampshire
state waters will still have to comply
with other existing requirements. This is
a change from the proposed rule, which
exempted New Hampshire from all
requirements. NMFS received numerous
comments against relaxing current
management measures.
(3) The minimum number of traps per
trawl in the final rule changes slightly
from what was proposed. In the
proposed rule NMFS acknowledged that
the proposed limits for inshore waters
might still result in some difficulty for
smaller vessels, so NMFS requested
comments on whether the final
regulations should be adjusted so that
the number of traps per trawl is limited
by specific vessel sizes. In addition,
NMFS requested public comment on
whether the net benefits of the rule
would be affected, either positively or
negatively, by exempting vessels under
a particular size class. NMFS received
many comments reiterating the safety
concerns of those who fish close to
shore. Several commenters disagreed
with exempting vessels from the
minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement. After reviewing all
comments NMFS decided not to
institute a small boat exemption. Instead
the final rule allows for a minimum
number of two traps per trawl to be
fished in Rhode Island and
Massachusetts state waters instead of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
the proposed minimum of three traps
per trawl.
(4) The final rule allows for ‘pocket
waters’ in Maine to fish a minimum of
two traps per trawl instead of three.
NMFS received multiple comments
requesting that these waters be treated
the same as state waters and allowed to
fish pairs. Allowing those fishing in
these waters to fish under the same
requirements as proposed for the rest of
Maine’s state waters will help with
enforcement.
(5) The final rule will create a 1⁄4 mile
buffer in waters surrounding three
inhabited islands in Maine—Monhegan,
Matinicus, and Ragged Island. Boats
fishing within this 1⁄4 mile buffer will be
allowed to continue the current practice
of fishing singles. NMFS received
comments expressing concern with
safety issues surrounding an increase of
traps per trawl in these waters. The
waters surrounding these islands are
generally less than 30 fathoms deep
with rocky edges. It would not be
feasible for small boats to fish trawls
greater than singles in this area.
(6) The final rule will not require gear
marking in the exempted waters of
Maine. NMFS received numerous
comments from those industry members
who fish in both exempt and nonexempt waters. Common concerns
included the feasibility of switching
marks when moving from an exempt
area to a non-exempt area; cost of
‘double’ marking lines; and the rationale
for needing to mark line in an area that
is already exempt.
Classification
This final rule has been determined to
be not significant for the purposes of
Executive Order 12866. This final rule
contains collection of information
requirements subject to the Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), specifically, the
marking of fishing gear. The collection
of information requirement was
approved by OMB under control
number (0648–0364). Public comment
was sought regarding whether this
proposed collection of information is
necessary for the proper performance
and function of the agency, including:
the practical utility of the information;
the accuracy of the burden estimate; the
opportunities to enhance the quality,
utility, and clarity of the information to
be collected; and the ways to minimize
the burden of the collection of
information, including the use of
automated collection techniques or
other forms of information technology.
Send comments regarding this burden
estimate, or any other aspect of this data
collection, including suggestions for
reducing the burden, to NMFS (see
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36605
ADDRESSES) and by email to OIRA_
Submission@omb.eop.gov, or fax to
(202) 395–7285.
This collection of information
requirement applies to a total of 4,006
vessels. Model vessel types were
developed for gillnet fisheries, lobster
trap/pot fisheries, and other trap/pot
fisheries. Total burden hours for all
vessels is 32,775 hours over three years
or 10,925 hours per year. Total cost
burden for all vessels is $21,631 over
three years or $7,231 per year. For more
information, please see the PRA
submission associated with this
rulemaking.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB Control Number.
As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act, NMFS prepared a final
regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) for
this final rule. The FRFA incorporates a
summary of the issues raised by the
public comments in response to the
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis,
NMFS responses to those comments
provided elsewhere in the preamble to
this final rule, and a summary of the
analyses completed to support the final
rule. A summary of that FRFA follows:
The objective of this final rule, issued
pursuant to section 118 of the MMPA,
is to reduce the level of serious injury
and mortality of right, humpback, and
fin whales in commercial east coast
trap/pot and gillnet fisheries.
Six alternatives, consisting of the
status quo, one preferred alternative,
and four additional alternatives were
evaluated using model vessels, each of
which represents a group of vessels that
share similar operating characteristics
and would face similar requirements
under a given regulatory alternative.
Both an upper and lower bound of
annual compliance costs for lobster and
other trap/pot were analyzed. The final
preferred alternative is a modification to
the original preferred alternative. A
summary of analysis describing the
potential range of compliance costs
follows:
1. NMFS considered a ‘‘no action’’ or
status quo alternative (Alternative 1)
that would result in no changes to the
current measures under the Plan and, as
such, would result in no additional
economic effects on the fishing
industry.
2. Alternative 2, would implement
new gear marking restrictions
coastwide, increase traps per trawl, and
require the use of weaker weak links
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36606
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
and/or vertical lines of lower breaking
strength. This alternative would also
implement a new management area in
the Southeast. Under this alternative,
the average annual vessel compliance
costs would equal or range from $1.8 to
$4.5 million for lobster trap/pot vessels;
$430,000 to $849,000 for other trap/pot
vessels; $7,000 for blue crab and $5,000
for gillnet vessels.
3. Alternative 3 would implement all
of the requirements of Alternative 2,
except the number of traps per trawl
required in Maine would differ. Under
this alternative NMFS proposes a
closure in the Cape Cod Bay from
February 1 through April 30. In
addition, New Hampshire state waters
would be exempt from the Plan’s
requirements. Under this alternative, the
average annual vessel compliance costs
would equal or range from $1.6 to $3.6
million for lobster trap/pot vessels;
$414,000 to $833,000 for other trap/pot
vessels; $7,000 for blue crab and $5,000
for gillnet vessels.
4. Alternative 4 would implement all
of the requirements of Alternative 2. In
addition, NMFS would require three
closures: (1) Jordan Basin from
November 1 through January 31; (2)
Jeffreys Ledge from October 1 through
January 31; and (3) Cape Cod Bay
(including a portion of the Outer Cape
and abutting the Great South Channel)
from January 1 through April 30. Under
this alternative, the average annual
vessel compliance costs would equal or
range from $3.1 to $6.5 million for
lobster trap/pot vessels; $430,000 to
$849,000 for other trap/pot vessels; and
$7,000 for blue crab and $5,000 for
gillnet vessels.
5. Alternative 5 is a combination of
Alternatives 2, 3, and 4. The traps per
trawl for Maine would mimic what is
required under alternative 3; traps per
trawl in all other areas would mimic
what is required under Alternative 2.
New Hampshire state waters would be
exempt under Alternative 5. The
closures proposed under Alternative 4
would remain in place under
Alternative 5. Under this alternative, the
average annual vessel compliance costs
would equal or range from $2.9 to $5.5
million for lobster trap/pot vessels;
$414,000 to $833,000 for other trap/pot
vessels; and $7,000 for blue crab and
$5,000 for gillnet vessels.
6. Alternative 6 would implement all
of the requirements of Alternative 5
with a few exceptions. Doubles would
be required in Massachusetts state
waters instead of three traps per trawl.
Also, only one closure would be
implemented. From January 1 through
April 30 Cape Cod Bay and the Outer
Cape would be closed to fishing. Under
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
this alternative, the average annual
vessel compliance costs would equal or
range from $2.2 to $4.4 million for
lobster trap/pot vessels; $416,000 to
$836,000 for other trap/pot vessels; and
$7,000 for blue crab and $5,000 for
gillnet vessels.
A Notice of Availability for the FEIS
was issued on May 16, 2014 (79 FR
28508). The FEIS describes the impacts
of the measures on the environment. On
June 20, 2014 NMFS issued a Record of
Decision identifying the selected
alternative. A copy of the Record of
Decision is available from NMFS (see
ADDRESSES).
NMFS selected Alternative 6 as the
preferred alternative but modified it
slightly. The preferred alternative would
implement all of the requirements of
Alternative 6 with a few exceptions.
Two traps per trawl would be required
in both Massachusetts and Rhode Island
state waters instead of three traps per
trawl. New Hampshire state waters
would only be exempt from the
proposed minimum number of traps per
trawl requirement. Maine exempted
waters would not be required to gear
mark as previously proposed. The final
rule allows for those fishing in ‘pocket
waters’ in Maine to fish a minimum of
two traps per trawl instead of three and
creates a 1⁄4 mile buffer around three
inhabited islands in Maine that would
be allowed to continue traditional
fishing practices. Under this alternative,
the average annual vessel compliance
costs would equal or range from $1.5 to
$3.6 million for lobster trap/pot vessels;
$416,000 to $835,000 for other trap/pot
vessels; and $7,000 for blue crab and
$5,000 for gillnet vessels. NMFS
solicited public comments on both the
DEIS (78 FR 41927, July 13, 2013) and
proposed rule (78 FR 42654, July 16,
2013) through several different means
including written comments. The public
also had the opportunity to provide oral
comments at 16 public hearings from
Maine to Florida. A summary of all
comments received and NMFS’
Reponses is included in Volume II of
the FEIS. Numerous issues were raised
by the public regarding to the expected
effects of this final rule. Areas of
concern included: the implementation
time for the new requirements, the
practicality of the proposed gear
marking scheme, safety and feasibility
of the proposed minimum number of
traps per trawl, the effects of the
proposed seasonal trap/pot closures,
and the rationale for proposing changes
to the vertical line and weak link
breaking strength in the proposed
Southeast Restricted Area North.
NMFS formulated the final preferred
alternative based on these public
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
comments. This final preferred
alternative introduces changes
including: delineating a 1⁄4 mile buffer
around three Maine islands to allow
current fishing practices to continue,
allowing pairs to be fished in Rhode
Island state waters and the pocket
waters of Maine, and exempting New
Hampshire state waters from the
minimum number of traps per trawl
requirements only. These and other
variations decrease the number of
affected vessels and result in reductions
in compliance costs, while sacrificing
little in terms of entanglement risk
reduction.
The small entities affected by this
final rule are commercial gillnet and
trap/pot fishermen. The geographic
range of the final rule includes the
Northeast Atlantic, Mid-Atlantic, and
Southeast Atlantic waters. In the lobster
trap/pot fishery, there are potentially
3,186 vessels that would be affected. In
the other trap/pot fisheries, there are
potentially 274 vessels that would be
affected. In the blue crab fishery there
are potentially 48 vessels that would be
affected. In the gillnet fishery, there are
approximately 498 vessels that would
be affected. All vessels are assumed to
be small entities within the meaning of
the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
NMFS has determined that this action
is consistent to the maximum extent
practicable with the approved coastal
management programs of the U.S.
Atlantic coastal states. This
determination was submitted for review
by the responsible state agencies under
section 307 of the Coastal Zone
Management Act. The following states
agreed with NMFS’ determination:
Connecticut; Delaware; Florida; New
Hampshire; New Jersey; North Carolina;
Rhode Island; South Carolina; and
Virginia. Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, and New York did not
respond; therefore, consistency is
inferred. Georgia conditionally
concurred with NMFS’ conclusion that
the action is consistent with enforceable
policies of the approved coastal
management program for that state;
however, the Georgia conditional
occurrence was treated as an objection
because NMFS could not meet the state
agency’s conditions.
The Georgia Coastal Management
Program (GCMP) was concerned that the
proposed gear marking scheme would
create significant economic burden on
the fishery and stated that a method
should be developed to allow industry
to quickly alter markings when moving
gear from state to Federal waters. For
concurrence, GCMP required the
Alternative to be modified to include
alternative gear marking schemes that
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
would allow expeditious changes
between state and Federal waters and
this scheme should be phased in over a
three year period in the Southeast. This
final rule does not include a phase in of
gear marking nor does it change the gear
marking scheme from what was
proposed. Thus, NMFS did not meet all
the state agency’s conditions. NMFS
believes the final rule will implement
modifications to the Plan deemed
necessary by NMFS to meet the goals of
the ESA and MMPA. Therefore,
pursuant to 15 CFR 930.4, the
requirements of paragraphs (a) (1)
through (3) were not met and the GCMP
no longer concurs with the
determination that the proposed
measures are consistent to the
maximum extent practicable with the
GCMP.
This final rule contains policies with
federalism implications as that term is
defined in Executive Order 13132.
Accordingly, the Assistant Secretary for
Legislative and Intergovernmental
Affairs provided notice of the proposed
action to the appropriate official(s) of
affected state, local, and/or tribal
governments. No concerns were raised
by the states contacted; hence, NMFS
will infer that these states concur with
the finding that the regulations for
amending the Plan were consistent with
fundamental federalism principles and
federalism policymaking criteria.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
An informal consultation under the
ESA for this final rule to modify the
Plan was concluded on August 16, 2013.
As a result of the informal consultation,
the Regional Administrator determined
that the measures to modify the Plan do
not meet the triggers for reinitiation of
consultation. NMFS completed an ESA
Section 7 consultation on the
implementation of the Plan on July 15,
1997, and concluded that the action was
not likely to adversely affect any ESAlisted species under NMFS jurisdiction.
Two subsequent consultations were
completed in 2004 and 2008, when
NMFS changed some of the measures in
the Plan. NMFS, as both the action
agency and the consulting agency,
reviewed the changes and determined
that the measures as revised through
rulemaking would not affect ESA-listed
species under NMFS jurisdiction in a
manner that had not been previously
considered.
References
Appledorn, R.S., M. Nemeth, J. Vasslides,
and S.M. 2000. The effects of fish traps
on benthic habitats off La Parguera,
Puerto Rico. Caribbean Fishery
Management Council, Hato Rey, Puerto
Rico.
Barnette, M.C. 2001. A review of the fishing
gear utilized within the Southeast Region
and their potential impacts on essential
fish habitat. NOAA Technical
Memorandum NMFS–SEF SC–449,
62pp.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36607
Johnson, A.J., G.S. Salvador, J.F. Kenney,
J. Robbins, S.D. Kraus, S.C. Landry, and
P.J. Clapham, Fishing gear involved in
entanglements of right and humpback
whales, Marine Mammal Science
21(4):635–645, 2005.
Knowlton, A., S. Landry, J. Robbins, and T.
Werner. 2011. Breaking strength and
diameter of rope taken off entangled
North Atlantic right whales in relation to
wound severity and age. Pages 161 in
19th Biennial Conference on the Biology
of Marine Mammals, Tampa, Florida.
McCarron, P. and H. Tetreault, Lobster Pot
Gear Configurations in the Gulf of Maine,
2012.
Morano, J.L., A.N. Rice, J.T. Tielens, B.J.
Estabrook, A. Murray, B.L. Roberts and
C.W. Clark. 2012. Acoustically Detected
Year-Round Presence of Right Whales in
an Urbanized Migration Corridor.
Conservation Biology 28:698–707.
Mussoline, SE., D. Risch, C.W. Clark, L.T.
Hatch, M.T. Weinrich, D.N. Wiley, M.A.
Thompson, P.J. Corkeron and S.M. Van
Parijs. 2012. Seasonal and diel variation
of the North Atlantic right whale up-call:
implications for management and
conservation in the Northwestern
Atlantic Ocean. Endangered Species
Research 17:17–26.
National Marine Fisheries Service. 2005.
Recovery Plan for the North Atlantic
Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis).
National Marine Fisheries Service, Silver
Spring, MD.
Schreiber, Laurie, ‘‘Lobster Catch-to-Trap
Ratio Studied,’’ Fisherman’s Voice, Vol.
15, No. 4, April 2010.
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
ER27JN14.000
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36608
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36609
ER27JN14.001
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 3510–22–C
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.;
§ 229.32(f) also issued under 16 U.S.C. 1531
et seq.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 229
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Fisheries, Marine
mammals, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Dated: June 20, 2014.
Eileen Sobeck,
Assistant Administrator for Fisheries,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 50 CFR part 229 is amended
to read as follows:
PART 229—AUTHORIZATION FOR
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES UNDER THE
MARINE MAMMAL PROTECTION ACT
OF 1972
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR
part 229 continues to read as follows:
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
2. In § 229.2, the definition of
‘‘Groundline’’ is revised to read as
follows:
■
§ 229.2
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Groundline, with reference to trap/pot
gear, means a line connecting traps in a
trap trawl, and, with reference to gillnet
gear, means a line connecting a gillnet
or gillnet bridle to an anchor.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. In § 229.3, revise paragraphs (h)
through (j) and remove and reserve
paragraphs (k) and (l) to read as follows:
§ 229.3
Prohibitions.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) It is prohibited to own, operate, or
be on board a vessel subject to the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan except if that vessel and all fishing
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
gear comply with all applicable
provisions of § 229.32.
(i) It is prohibited to fish for, catch,
take, harvest or possess fish or wildlife
while on board a vessel subject to the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
Plan, except if that vessel and all fishing
gear is in compliance with all applicable
provisions of § 229.32.
(j) Any person or vessel claiming the
benefit of any exemption or exception
under § 229.32 has the burden of
proving that the exemption or
exception, is applicable.
(k) [Reserved]
(l) [Reserved]
*
*
*
*
*
■ 4. Section 229.32 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.32 Atlantic large whale take
reduction plan regulations.
(a)(1) Purpose and scope. The purpose
of this section is to implement the
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
ER27JN14.002
36610
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Plan to reduce incidental mortality and
serious injury of fin, humpback, and
right whales in specific Category I and
Category II commercial fisheries from
Maine through Florida. Specific
Category I and II commercial fisheries
within the scope of the Plan are
identified and updated in the annual
List of Fisheries. The measures
identified in the Atlantic Large Whale
Take Reduction Plan are also intended
to benefit minke whales, which are not
designated as a strategic stock, but are
known to be taken incidentally in
gillnet and trap/pot fisheries. The gear
types affected by this plan include
gillnets (e.g., anchored, drift, and shark)
and traps/pots. The Assistant
Administrator may revise the
requirements set forth in this section in
accordance with paragraph (i) of this
section.
(2) Regulated waters. (i) The
regulations in this section apply to all
U.S. waters in the Atlantic except for
the areas exempted in paragraph (a)(3)
of this section.
(ii) The six-mile line referred to in
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section is a
line connecting the following points
(Machias Seal to Isle of Shoals):
44°31.98′ N. lat., 67°9.72′ W. long (Machias
Seal)
44°3.42′ N. lat., 68°10.26′ W. long (Mount
Desert Island)
43°40.98′ N. lat., 68°48.84′ W. long
(Matinicus)
43°39.24′ N. lat., 69°18.54′ W. long
(Monhegan)
43°29.4′ N. lat., 70°5.88′ W. long (Casco Bay)
42°55.38′ N. lat., 70°28.68′ W. long (Isle of
Shoals)
(iii) The pocket waters referred to in
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section are
defined as follows:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
West of Monhegan Island in the area north
of the line 43°42.17′ N. lat., 69°34.27′ W.
long and 43°42.25′ N. lat., 69°19.3′ W.
long
East of Monhegan Island in the area located
north of the line 43°44′ N. lat., 69°15.08′
W. long and 43°48.17′ N. lat., 69°8.02′ W.
long
South of Vinalhaven Island in the area
located west of the line 43°52.31′ N. lat.,
68°40′ W. long and 43°58.12′ N. lat.,
68°32.95′ W. long
South of Bois Bubert Island in the area
located northwest of the line 44°19.27′
N. lat., 67°49.5′ W. long and 44°23.67′ N.
lat., 67°40.5′ W. long
(3) Exempted waters. (i) The
regulations in this section do not apply
to waters landward of the first bridge
over any embayment, harbor, or inlet in
Massachusetts.
(ii) The regulations in this section do
not apply to waters landward of the 72
COLREGS demarcation lines
(International Regulations for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972), as
depicted or noted on nautical charts
published by the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (Coast
Charts 1:80,000 scale), and as described
in 33 CFR part 80 with the exception of
the COLREGS lines for Casco Bay
(Maine), Portsmouth Harbor (New
Hampshire), Gardiners Bay and Long
Island Sound (New York), and the state
of Massachusetts.
(iii) Other exempted waters. The
regulations in this section do not apply
to waters landward of the following
lines:
Maine
A line connecting the following
points (Quoddy Narrows/US-Canada
border to Odiornes Pt., Portsmouth,
New Hampshire):
44°49.67′ N. lat., 66°57.77′ W. long. (R N ‘‘2’’,
Quoddy Narrows)
44°48.64′ N. lat., 66°56.43′ W. long. (G ‘‘1’’
Whistle, West Quoddy Head)
44°47.36′ N. lat., 66°59.25′ W. long. (R N ‘‘2’’,
Morton Ledge)
44°45.51′ N. lat., 67°02.87′ W. long. (R ‘‘28M’’
Whistle, Baileys Mistake)
44°37.70′ N. lat., 67°09.75′ W. long.
(Obstruction, Southeast of Cutler)
44°27.77′ N. lat., 67°32.86′ W. long. (Freeman
Rock, East of Great Wass Island)
44°25.74′ N. lat., 67°38.39′ W. long. (R ‘‘2SR’’
Bell, Seahorse Rock, West of Great Wass
Island)
44°21.66′ N. lat., 67°51.78′ W. long. (R N ‘‘2’’,
Petit Manan Island)
44°19.08′ N. lat., 68°02.05′ W. long. (R ‘‘2S’’
Bell, Schoodic Island)
44°13.55′ N. lat., 68°10.71′ W. long. (R ‘‘8BI’’
Whistle, Baker Island)
44°08.36′ N. lat., 68°14.75′ W. long.
(Southern Point, Great Duck Island)
43°59.36′ N. lat., 68°37.95′ W. long. (R ‘‘2’’
Bell, Roaring Bull Ledge, Isle Au Haut)
43°59.83′ N. lat., 68°50.06′ W. long. (R ‘‘2A’’
Bell, Old Horse Ledge)
43°56.72′ N. lat., 69°04.89′ W. long. (G ‘‘5TB’’
Bell, Two Bush Channel)
43°50.28′ N. lat., 69°18.86′ W. long. (R ‘‘2
OM’’ Whistle, Old Man Ledge)
43°48.96′ N. lat., 69°31.15′ W. long. (GR C
‘‘PL’’, Pemaquid Ledge)
43°43.64′ N. lat., 69°37.58′ W. long. (R ‘‘2BR’’
Bell, Bantam Rock)
43°41.44′ N. lat., 69°45.27′ W. long. (R
‘‘20ML’’ Bell, Mile Ledge)
43°36.04′ N. lat., 70°03.98′ W. long. (RG N
‘‘BS’’, Bulwark Shoal)
43°31.94′ N. lat., 70°08.68′ W. long. (G ‘‘1’’,
East Hue and Cry)
43°27.63′ N. lat., 70°17.48′ W. long. (RW
‘‘WI’’ Whistle, Wood Island)
43°20.23′ N. lat., 70°23.64′ W. long. (RW
‘‘CP’’ Whistle, CapePorpoise)
43°04.06′ N. lat., 70°36.70′ W. long. (R N
‘‘2MR’’, Murray Rock)
43°02.93′ N. lat., 70°41.47′ W. long. (R ‘‘2KR’’
Whistle, Kittery Point)
43°02.55′ N. lat., 70°43.33′ W. long.
(Odiornes Pt., Portsmouth, New
Hampshire)
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36611
New Hampshire
New Hampshire state waters are
exempt from the minimum number of
traps per trawl requirement in
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
Harbor waters landward of the following
lines are exempt from all the regulations
in this section.
A line from 42°53.691′ N. lat., 70°48.516′ W.
long. to 42°53.516′ N. lat., 70°48.748′ W.
long. (Hampton Harbor)
A line from 42°59.986′ N. lat., 70°44.654′ W.
long. to 42°59.956′ N., 70°44.737′ W.
long. (Rye Harbor)
Rhode Island
A line from 41°22.441′ N. lat., 71°30.781′ W.
long. to 41°22.447′ N. lat., 71°30.893′ W.
long. (Pt. Judith Pond Inlet)
A line from 41°21.310′ N. lat., 71°38.300′ W.
long. to 41°21.300′ N. lat., 71°38.330′ W.
long. (Ninigret Pond Inlet)
A line from 41°19.875′ N. lat., 71°43.061′ W.
long. to 41°19.879′ N. lat., 71°43.115′ W.
long. (Quonochontaug Pond Inlet)
A line from 41°19.660′ N. lat., 71°45.750′ W.
long. to 41°19.660′ N. lat., 71°45.780′ W.
long. (Weekapaug Pond Inlet)
New York
A line that follows the territorial sea baseline
through Block Island Sound (Watch Hill
Point, RI, to Montauk Point, NY)
South Carolina
A line from 32°34.717′ N. lat., 80°08.565′ W.
long. to 32°34.686′ N. lat., 80°08.642′ W.
long. (Captain Sams Inlet)
(4) Sinking groundline exemption.
The fisheries regulated under this
section are exempt from the requirement
to have groundlines composed of
sinking line if their groundline is at a
depth equal to or greater than 280
fathoms (1,680 ft or 512.1 m).
(5) Net panel weak link and anchoring
exemption. The anchored gillnet
fisheries regulated under this section are
exempt from the requirement to install
weak links in the net panel and anchor
each end of the net string if the float-line
is at a depth equal to or greater than 280
fathoms (1,680 ft or 512.1 m).
(6) Island buffer. Those fishing in
waters within 1⁄4 mile of Monhegan
Island, Maine; Matinicus, Maine; and
Ragged Island, Maine are exempt from
the minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of
this section.
(b) Gear marking requirements—(1)
Specified areas. The following areas are
specified for gear marking purposes:
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters,
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area,
Massachusetts Restricted Area,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, Northern Nearshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area, Great South
Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area, Great
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36612
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area,
Great South Channel Sliver Restricted
Area, Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area, Offshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area, Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area, Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters
Area, Other Southeast Gillnet Waters
Area, Southeast U.S. Restricted Areas,
and Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area.
(2) Markings. All specified gear in
specified areas must be marked with the
color code shown in paragraph (b)(3) of
this section. The color of the color code
must be permanently marked on or
along the line or lines specified below
under paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
section. Each color mark of the color
codes must be clearly visible when the
gear is hauled or removed from the
water. The rope must be marked at least
three times (top, middle, bottom) and
each mark must total 12-inch (30.5 cm)
in length. If the mark consists of two
colors then each color mark may be 6inch (15.25 cm) for a total mark of 12inch (30.5 cm). If the color of the rope
is the same as or similar to a color code,
then a white mark may be substituted
for that color code. In marking or
affixing the color code, the line may be
dyed, painted, or marked with thin
colored whipping line, thin colored
plastic, or heat-shrink tubing, or other
material; or a thin line may be woven
into or through the line; or the line may
be marked as approved in writing by the
Assistant Administrator. A brochure
illustrating the techniques for marking
gear is available from the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic
Region upon request.
(i) Buoy line markings. All buoy lines
of shark gillnet gear in the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area S, Southeast U.S.
Monitoring Area and Other Southeast
Gillnet Waters, greater than 4 feet (1.22
m) long must be marked within 2 feet
(0.6 m) of the top of the buoy line
(closest to the surface), midway along
the length of the buoy line, and within
2 feet (0.6 m) of the bottom of the buoy
line.
(ii) Net panel markings. Shark gillnet
gear net panels in the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area S, Southeast U.S.
Monitoring Area and Other Southeast
Gillnet Waters is required to be marked.
The net panel must be marked along
both the floatline and the leadline at
least once every 100 yards (91.4 m).
(iii) Surface buoy markings. Trap/pot
and gillnet gear regulated under this
section must mark all surface buoys to
identify the vessel or fishery with one
of the following: The owner’s motorboat
registration number, the owner’s U.S.
vessel documentation number, the
federal commercial fishing permit
number, or whatever positive
identification marking is required by the
vessel’s home-port state. When marking
of surface buoys is not already required
by state or federal regulations, the letters
and numbers used to mark the gear to
identify the vessel or fishery must be at
least 1 inch (2.5 cm) in height in block
letters or arabic numbers in a color that
contrasts with the background color of
the buoy. A brochure illustrating the
techniques for marking gear is available
from the Regional Administrator,
NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon
request.
(3) Color code. Gear must be marked
with the appropriate colors to designate
gear types and areas as follows:
COLOR CODE SCHEME
Plan management area
Color
Trap/Pot Gear
Massachusetts Restricted Area .................................................................................................................
Northern Nearshore ...................................................................................................................................
Northern Inshore State ..............................................................................................................................
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area .....................................................................................
Great South Channel Restricted Area overlapping with LMA 2 and/or Outer Cape ................................
Southern Nearshore ...................................................................................................................................
Southeast Restricted Area North (State Waters) ......................................................................................
Southeast Restricted Area North (Federal Waters) ...................................................................................
Offshore .....................................................................................................................................................
Great South Channel Restricted Area overlapping with LMA 2/3 and/or LMA 3 ......................................
Red.
Red.
Red.
Red.
Red.
Orange.
Blue and Orange.
Green and Orange.
Black.
Black.
Gillnet excluding shark gillnet
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area .................................................................................................................
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area .....................................................................................
Great South Channel Restricted Area .......................................................................................................
Great South Channel Restricted Sliver Area .............................................................................................
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters .................................................................................................................
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters ..............................................................................................................
Southeast US Restricted Area South ........................................................................................................
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters .................................................................................................................
Green.
Green.
Green.
Green.
Green.
Blue.
Yellow.
Yellow.
Shark Gillnet (with webbing of 5″ or greater)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Southeast US Restricted Area South ........................................................................................................
Southeast Monitoring Area ........................................................................................................................
Other Southeast Waters ............................................................................................................................
(c) Restrictions applicable to trap/pot
gear in regulated waters—(1) Universal
trap/pot gear requirements. In addition
to the gear marking requirements listed
in paragraph (b) and the area-specific
measures listed in paragraphs (c)(2)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:52 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
through (10) of this section, all trap/pot
gear in regulated waters, including the
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters
PO 00000
Green and Blue.
Green and Blue.
Green and Blue.
Area, must comply with the universal
gear requirements listed below.1
1 Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their
buoy lines to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are
considered to be less of an entanglement threat and
are thus preferable to knots.
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
(i) No buoy line floating at the
surface. No person or vessel may fish
with trap/pot gear that has any portion
of the buoy line floating at the surface
at any time when the buoy line is
directly connected to the gear at the
ocean bottom. If more than one buoy is
attached to a single buoy line or if a
high flyer and a buoy are used together
on a single buoy line, floating line may
be used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Trap/pot
gear must be hauled out of the water at
least once every 30 days.
(iii) Groundlines. All groundlines
must be composed entirely of sinking
line. The attachment of buoys, toggles,
or other floatation devices to
groundlines is prohibited.
(2) Area specific gear requirements.
Trap/pot gear must be set according to
the requirements outlined below and in
the table in paragraph (c)(2)(iii).
(i) Single traps and multiple-trap
trawls. All traps must be set according
to the configuration outlined in the table
in paragraph (c)(2)(iii).
(ii) Buoy line weak links. All buoys,
flotation devices and/or weights (except
traps/pots, anchors, and leadline woven
into the buoy line), such as surface
buoys, high flyers, sub-surface buoys,
toggles, window weights, etc., must be
attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to each individual
buoy, flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(A) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed the breaking
strength listed in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of
36613
this section for a specified management
area.
(B) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list approved by
NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links, rope
of appropriate breaking strength, hog
rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick, or
other materials or devices approved in
writing by the Assistant Administrator.
A brochure illustrating the techniques
for making weak links is available from
the Regional Administrator, NMFS,
Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(C) Weak links must break cleanly
leaving behind the bitter end of the line.
The bitter end of the line must be free
of any knots when the weak link breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(iii) Table of Area Specific Gear
Requirements.
Location
Mgmt area
Minimum # traps/trawl
ME State and Pocket
Waters 2.
ME Zones A–G (3–6
miles) 2.
ME Zones A–C (6–12
miles) 2.
ME Zones D–G (6–12
miles) 2.
ME Zones A–E (12+
miles).
ME Zones F–G (12+
miles).
MA State Waters .........
Northern Inshore State ...................................
2 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs.
Northern Nearshore ........................................
3 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs.
Northern Nearshore ........................................
5 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs.
Northern Nearshore ........................................
10 ...............................
≤600 lbs.
Northern Nearshore and Offshore ..................
15 ...............................
Northern Nearshore and Offshore ..................
15 (Mar 1–Oct 31) ......
20 (Nov 1–Feb 28/29)
2 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs (≤1,500 lbs in offshore, 2,000 lbs if
red crab trap/pot)
≤600 lbs (≤1,500 lbs in offshore, 2,000 lbs if
red crab trap/pot).
≤600 lbs.
No minimum trap/trawl
10 ...............................
≤600 lbs.
≤600 lbs.
20 ...............................
2 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs.
≤600 lbs.
2 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs.
10 ...............................
≤600 lbs.
20 ...............................
≤600 lbs.
2 (1 endline) ...............
≤600 lbs.
10 ...............................
15 ...............................
≤600 lbs.
≤600 lbs.
20 ...............................
≤1,500 lbs (2,000 lbs if red crab trap/pot).
20 ...............................
≤1,500 lbs (2,000 lbs if red crab trap/pot).
.....................................
1 .................................
1 .................................
1 .................................
1 .................................
≤600
≤200
≤600
≤600
≤600
NH State Waters .........
LMA 1 (3–12 miles) .....
LMA 1 (12+ miles) .......
LMA1/OC Overlap (0–3
miles).
OC (0–3 miles) ............
OC (3–12 miles) ..........
OC (12+ miles) ............
Rhode Island State
Waters.
LMA 2 (3–12 miles) .....
LMA 2 (12 + miles) ......
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
LMA 2/3 Overlap (12+
miles).
LMA 3 (12+ miles) .......
LMA 4,5,6 ....................
FL State Waters ..........
GA State Waters .........
SC State Waters .........
Federal Waters off FL,
GA, SC.
Northern Inshore State and Massachusetts
Restricted Area.
Northern Inshore State ...................................
Northern Nearshore and Massachusetts Restricted Area and Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys
Ledge Restricted Area.
Northern Nearshore ........................................
Northern Inshore State and Massachusetts
Restricted Area.
Northern Inshore State and Massachusetts
Restricted Area.
Northern Nearshore and Massachusetts Restricted Area.
Northern Nearshore and Great South Channel Restricted Area.
Northern Inshore State ...................................
Northern Nearshore ........................................
Northern Nearshore and Great South Channel Restricted Area.
Offshore and Great South Channel Restricted
Area.
Offshore waters North of 40° and Great
South Channel Restricted Area.
Southern Nearshore ........................................
Southeast US Restricted Area North 3 ............
Southeast US Restricted Area North 3 ............
Southeast US Restricted Area North 3 ............
Southeast US Restricted Area North 3 ............
2 The pocket waters and 6-mile line as defined in
paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
3 See
PO 00000
Weak link strength
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
§ 229.32 (f)(1) for description of area.
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
36614
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
(3) Massachusetts Restricted Area—(i)
Area. The Massachusetts restricted area
is bounded by the following point
surrounding the shoreline of Cape Cod,
Massachusetts.
Point
MRA1
MRA2
MRA3
MRA4
.............
.............
.............
.............
N. lat.
42°12′
42°30′
42°30′
41°40′
W. long.
70°30′
70°30′
69°45′
69°45′
(ii) Closure. From January 1 to April
30, it is prohibited to fish with, set, or
possess trap/pot gear in this area unless
stowed in accordance with § 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From May 1 through
December 31, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Massachusetts Restricted Area unless
that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in paragraph (c)(2)
of this section, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(4) Great South Channel Restricted
Trap/Pot Area—(i) Area. The Great
South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area
consists of the area bounded by the
following points.
Point
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
GSC1
GSC2
GSC3
GSC4
.............
.............
.............
.............
N. Lat.
41°40′
41°0′
41°38′
42°10′
W. Long.
69°45′
69°05′
68°13′
68°31′
(ii) Closure. From April 1 through
June 30, it is prohibited to fish with, set,
or possess trap/pot gear in this area
unless stowed in accordance with
§ 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From July 1 through
March 31, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Great South Channel Restricted Trap/
Pot Area unless that gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in (c)(2) of this
section, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2.
(5) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
those designated as the Massachusetts
Restricted Area in paragraph (c)(3) of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
this section, that lie south of 43°15′ N.
lat. and west of 70°00′ W. long.
(ii) Year round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess trap/pot gear
in the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(6) Offshore Trap/Pot 4 Waters Area—
(i) Area. The Offshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area includes all Federal waters of the
EEZ Offshore Management Area 3,
including the area known as the Area 2/
3 Overlap and Area 3/5 Overlap as
defined in the American Lobster Fishery
regulations at § 697.18 of this title, with
the exception of the Great South
Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area and
Southeast Restricted Area, and
extending south along the 100-fathom
(600-ft or 182.9-m) depth contour from
35°14′ N. lat. south to 27°51′ N. lat., and
east to the eastern edge of the EEZ.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess trap/pot gear
in the Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
that overlaps an area from the U.S./
Canada border south to a straight line
from 41°18.2′ N. lat., 71°51.5′ W. long.
(Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40°00′ N.
lat., and then east to the eastern edge of
the EEZ, unless that gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in (c)(2) of this
section, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From September 1
to May 31, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that
overlaps an area bounded on the north
by a straight line from 41°18.2′ N. lat.,
71°51.5′ W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI)
south to 40°00′ N. lat. and then east to
the eastern edge of the EEZ, and
bounded on the south by a line at 32°00′
N. lat., and east to the eastern edge of
the EEZ, unless that gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
4 Fishermen using red crab trap/pot gear should
refer to § 229.32(c)(10) for the restrictions
applicable to red crab trap/pot fishery.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, and area-specific requirements
in (c)(2) or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From November 15
to April 15, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that
overlaps an area from 32°00′ N. lat.
south to 29°00′ N. lat. and east to the
eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the areaspecific requirements in paragraph (c)(2)
of this section or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(v) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From December 1
to March 31, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that
overlaps an area from 29°00′ N. lat.
south to 27°51′ N. lat. and east to the
eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the areaspecific requirements in paragraph (c)(2)
in this section, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(vi) [Reserved]
(7) Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Northern
Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes the state waters of Rhode
Island, Massachusetts, and Maine, with
the exception of Massachusetts
Restricted Area and those waters
exempted under paragraph (a)(3) of this
section. Federal waters west of 70°00′ N.
lat. in Nantucket Sound are also
included in the Northern Inshore State
Trap/Pot Waters Area.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess trap/pot gear
in the Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot
Waters Area unless that gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, the area-specific
requirements in (c)(2) of this section or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(8) Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes all Federal waters of EEZ
Nearshore Management Area 1, Area 2,
and the Outer Cape Lobster
Management Area (as defined in the
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
American Lobster Fishery regulations at
50 CFR 697.18 of this title), with the
exception of the Great South Channel
Restricted Trap/Pot Area, Massachusetts
Restricted Area, Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, and
Federal waters west of 70°00′ N. lat. in
Nantucket Sound (included in the
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters
Area) and those waters exempted under
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess trap/pot gear
in the Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area unless that gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, the area-specific
requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2.
(9) Southern Nearshore 5 Trap/Pot
Waters Area—(i) Area. The Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area
includes all state and Federal waters
which fall within EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 4, EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 5, and EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 6 (as defined in the
American Lobster Fishery regulations in
50 CFR 697.18, and excluding the Area
3/5 Overlap), and inside the 100-fathom
(600-ft or 182.9-m) depth contour line
from 35°30′ N. lat. south to 27°51′ N. lat.
and extending inshore to the shoreline
or exemption line, with the exception of
those waters exempted under paragraph
(a)(3) of this section and those waters in
the Southeast Restricted Area defined in
paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess trap/pot gear
in the Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot
Waters Area that is east of a straight line
from 41°18.2′ N. lat., 71°51.5′ W. long.
(Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40°00′ N.
lat., unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From September 1
to May 31, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area that overlaps an area bounded on
5 Fishermen using red crab trap/pot gear should
refer to § 229.32(c)(10) for the restrictions
applicable to red crab trap/pot fishery.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
the north by a straight line from 41°18.2′
N. lat., 71°51.5′ W. long. (Watch Hill
Point, RI) south to 40°00′ N. lat. and
then east to the eastern edge of the EEZ,
and bounded on the south by 32°00′ N.
lat., and east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the areaspecific requirements in paragraph (c)(2)
of this section or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From November 15
to April 15, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area that overlaps an area from 32°00′
N. lat. south to 29°00′ N. lat. and east
to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless
that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(v) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From December 1
to March 31, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters
Area that overlaps an area from 29°00′
N. lat. south to 27°51′ N. lat. and east
to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless
that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
in (c)(2) of this section or unless the gear
is stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(vi) [Reserved]
(10) Restrictions applicable to the red
crab trap/pot fishery—(i) Area. The red
crab trap/pot fishery is regulated in the
waters identified in paragraphs (c)(6)(i)
and (c)(9)(i) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess red crab trap/
pot gear in the area identified in
paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section that
overlaps an area from the U.S./Canada
border south to a straight line from 41°
18.2′ N. lat., 71°51.5′ W. long. (Watch
Hill Point, RI) south to 40°00′ N. lat.,
and then east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36615
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From September 1
to May 31, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess red crab trap/pot gear in
the area identified in paragraph
(c)(10)(i) of this section that overlaps an
area bounded on the north by a straight
line from 41°18.2′ N. lat., 71°51.5′ W.
long. (Watch Hill Point, RI) south to
40°00′ N. lat. and then east to the
eastern edge of the EEZ, and bounded
on the south by a line at 32°00′ N. lat.,
and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ,
unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
in (c)(2) of this section or unless the gear
is stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From November 15
to April 15, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess red crab trap/pot gear in
the area identified in paragraph
(c)(11)(i) of this section that overlaps an
area from 32°00′ N. lat. south to 29°00′
N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
in paragraph (c)(2) of this section or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(v) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From December 1
to March 31, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess red crab trap/pot
gear in the area identified in paragraph
(c)(11)(i) of this section that overlaps an
area from 29°00′ N. lat. south to 27°51′
N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements
in (c)(2) of this section or unless the gear
is stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(vi) [Reserved]
(d) Restrictions applicable to
anchored gillnet gear—(1) Universal
anchored gillnet gear requirements. In
addition to the area-specific measures
listed in paragraphs (d)(3) through (d)(8)
of this section, all anchored gillnet gear
in regulated waters must comply with
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36616
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
the universal gear requirements listed
below.6
(i) No buoy line floating at the
surface. No person or vessel may fish
with anchored gillnet gear that has any
portion of the buoy line floating at the
surface at any time when the buoy line
is directly connected to the gear at the
ocean bottom. If more than one buoy is
attached to a single buoy line or if a
high flyer and a buoy are used together
on a single buoy line, sinking and/or
neutrally buoyant line must be used
between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Anchored
gillnet gear must be hauled out of the
water at least once every 30 days.
(iii) Groundlines. All groundlines
must be composed entirely of sinking
line unless exempted from this
requirement under paragraph (a)(4) of
this section. The attachment of buoys,
toggles, or other floatation devices to
groundlines is prohibited.
(2) Area specific gear restrictions. No
person or vessel may fish with or
possess anchored gillnet gear in Areas
referenced in paragraphs (d)(3) through
(d)(8) of this section, unless that gear
complies with the gear requirements
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this
section, and the area specific
requirements listed below, or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(i) Buoy line weak links. All buoys,
flotation devices and/or weights (except
gillnets, anchors, and leadline woven
into the buoy line), such as surface
buoys, high flyers, sub-surface buoys,
toggles, window weights, etc., must be
attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to each individual
buoy, flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(A) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list approved by
NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links, rope
of appropriate breaking strength, hog
rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick, or
other materials or devices approved in
writing by the Assistant Administrator.
A brochure illustrating the techniques
for making weak links is available from
the Regional Administrator, NMFS,
Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(B) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 1,100 lb (499.0
kg).
(C) Weak links must break cleanly
leaving behind the bitter end of the line.
The bitter end of the line must be free
of any knots when the weak link breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
6 Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their
buoy lines to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are
considered to be less of an entanglement threat and
are thus preferable to knots.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
(ii) Net panel weak links. The
breaking strength of each weak link
must not exceed 1,100 lb (499.0 kg). The
weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. All net panels
in a string must contain weak links that
meet one of the following two
configurations unless exempted from
this requirement under paragraph (a)(5)
of this section:
(A) Configuration 1. (1) The weak link
must be chosen from the following list
approved by NMFS: Plastic weak links
or rope of appropriate breaking strength.
If rope of appropriate breaking strength
is used throughout the floatline or as the
up and down line, or if no up and down
line is present, then individual weak
links are not required on the floatline or
up and down line. A brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available from the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater
Atlantic Region upon request; and
(2) One weak link must be placed in
the center of each of the up and down
lines at both ends of the net panel; and
(3) One weak link must be placed as
close as possible to each end of the net
panels on the floatline; and
(4) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline; or
(5) For net panels greater than 50
fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m) in length, one
weak link must be placed at least every
25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline.
(B) Configuration 2. (1) The weak link
must be chosen from the following list
approved by NMFS: Plastic weak links
or rope of appropriate breaking strength.
If rope of appropriate breaking strength
is used throughout the floatline or as the
up and down line, or if no up and down
line is present, then individual weak
links are not required on the floatline or
up and down line. A brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available from the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater
Atlantic Region upon request; and
(2) One weak link must be placed in
the center of each of the up and down
lines at both ends of the net panel; and
(3) One weak link must be placed
between the floatline tie loops between
net panels; and
(4) One weak link must be placed
where the floatline tie loops attaches to
the bridle, buoy line, or groundline at
the end of a net string; and
(5) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300
ft or 91.4 m) or less in length, one weak
link must be placed in the center of the
floatline; or
(6) For net panels greater than 50
fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m) in length, one
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
weak link must be placed at least every
25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline.
(iii) Anchoring systems. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds to the ocean bottom
through the use of a fluke, spade, plow,
or pick) having the holding capacity
equal to or greater than a 22-lb (10.0-kg)
Danforth-style anchor unless exempted
from this requirement under paragraph
(a)(5) of this section. Dead weights do
not meet this requirement. A brochure
illustrating the techniques for rigging
anchoring systems is available from the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater
Atlantic Region.
(3) Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area—(i)
Area. The Cape Cod Bay restricted area
is bounded by the following points and
on the south and east by the interior
shoreline of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
Point
CCB1
CCB2
CCB3
CCB4
.............
.............
.............
.............
N. lat.
41°40′
42°30′
42°30′
42°12′
W. long.
69°45′
69°45′
70°30′
70°30′
(ii) Closure. During January 1 through
May 15 of each year, no person or vessel
may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area unless the Assistant
Administrator specifies gear restrictions
or alternative fishing practices in
accordance with paragraph (i) of this
section and the gear or practices comply
with those specifications, or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in § 229.2.
The Assistant Administrator may waive
this closure for the remaining portion of
the winter restricted period in any year
through a notification in the Federal
Register if NMFS determines that right
whales have left the restricted area and
are unlikely to return for the remainder
of the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From May 16 through
December 31 of each year, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess
anchored gillnet gear in the Cape Cod
Bay Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section, or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(4) Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area—(i) Area. The Great South
Channel Restricted Gillnet Area consists
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
of the area bounded by lines connecting
the following four points:
Point
GSC1
GSC2
GSC3
GSC4
N. lat.
.............
.............
.............
.............
41°02.2′
41°43.5′
42°10′
41°38′
W. long.
69°02′
69°36.3′
68°31′
68°13′
(ii) Closure. From April 1 through
June 30 of each year, no person or vessel
may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area unless the
Assistant Administrator specifies gear
restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(i) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From July 1 through
March 31 of each year, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess
anchored gillnet gear in the Great South
Channel Restricted Gillnet Area unless
that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless
the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(5) Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The Great
South Channel Sliver Restricted Area
consists of the area bounded by lines
connecting the following points:
Point
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
GSCRA1
GSCRA2
GSCRA3
GSCRA4
N. lat.
........
........
........
........
41°02.2′
41°43.5′
41°40′
41°00′
W. long.
69°02′
69°36.3′
69°45′
69°05′
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Great South Channel
Sliver Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless
the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(6) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
those designated as the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area in paragraph (d)(3) of
this section that lie south of 43°15′ N.
lat. and west of 70°00′ W. long.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area unless
that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless
the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(7) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all state
and Federal U.S. waters from the U.S./
Canada border to Long Island, NY, at
72°30′ W. long. south to 36°33.03′ N. lat.
and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ,
with the exception of the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area, Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, Great
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area,
Great South Channel Sliver Restricted
Area, and exempted waters listed in
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area that overlaps an
area from the U.S./Canada border south
to a straight line from 41°18.2′ N. lat.,
71°51.5′ W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI)
south to 40°00′ N. lat. and then east to
the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that
gear complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored
gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless
the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From September 1
to May 31, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess anchored gillnet gear in
the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area
that is south of a straight line from
41°18.2′ N. lat., 71 °51.5′ W. long.
(Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40°00′ N.
lat. and then east to the eastern edge of
the EEZ, unless that gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36617
the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2.
(8) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
Waters—(i) Area. The Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters consists of all
U.S. waters bounded on the north from
Long Island, NY, at 72°30′ W. long.
south to 36°33.03′ N. lat. and east to the
eastern edge of the EEZ, and bounded
on the south by 32°00′ N. lat., and east
to the eastern edge of the EEZ. When the
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
overlaps the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area and its restricted period as
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2)
of this section, then the closure and
exemption for the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area as specified in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies.
(ii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From September 1
through May 31, no person or vessel
may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters unless that gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet
gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
following area-specific requirements, or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2. When the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters Area overlaps the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area and its
restricted period as specified in
paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this
section, then the closure and exemption
for the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as
specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section applies.
(A) Buoy line weak links. All buoys,
flotation devices and/or weights (except
gillnets, anchors, and leadline woven
into the buoy line), such as surface
buoys, high flyers, sub-surface buoys,
toggles, window weights, etc., must be
attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to each individual
buoy, flotation device and/or weight as
operationally feasible and that meets the
following specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list approved by
NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links, rope
of appropriate breaking strength, hog
rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick, or
other materials or devices approved in
writing by the Assistant Administrator.
A brochure illustrating the techniques
for making weak links is available from
the Regional Administrator, NMFS,
Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(2) The breaking strength of the weak
links must not exceed 1,100 lb (499.0
kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly
leaving behind the bitter end of the line.
The bitter end of the line must be free
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36618
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
of any knots when the weak link breaks.
Splices are not considered to be knots
for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Net panel weak links. The weak
link requirements apply to all variations
in panel size. All net panels must
contain weak links that meet the
following specifications unless
exempted under paragraph (a)(5) of this
section:
(1) The breaking strength for each of
the weak links must not exceed 1,100 lb
(499.0 kg).
(2) The weak link must be chosen
from the following list approved by
NMFS: Plastic weak links or rope of
appropriate breaking strength. If rope of
appropriate breaking strength is used
throughout the floatline then individual
weak links are not required. A brochure
illustrating the techniques for making
weak links is available from the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater
Atlantic Region upon request.
(3) Weak links must be placed in the
center of the floatline of each gillnet net
panel up to and including 50 fathoms
(300 ft or 91.4 m) in length, or at least
every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m)
along the floatline for longer panels.
(C) Additional anchoring system and
net panel weak link requirements. All
gillnets must return to port with the
vessel unless the gear meets the
following specifications:
(1) Anchoring systems. All anchored
gillnets, regardless of the number of net
panels, must be secured at each end of
the net string with a burying anchor (an
anchor that holds to the ocean bottom
through the use of a fluke, spade, plow,
or pick) having the holding capacity
equal to or greater than a 22-lb (10.0-kg)
Danforth-style anchor unless exempted
under paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
Dead weights do not meet this
requirement. A brochure illustrating the
techniques for rigging anchoring
systems is available from the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic
Region upon request.
(2) Net panel weak links. Net panel
weak links must meet the specifications
in this paragraph. The breaking strength
of each weak link must not exceed 1,100
lb (499.0 kg). The weak link
requirements apply to all variations in
panel size. All net panels in a string
must contain weak links that meet one
of the following two configurations
found in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) or
(d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(3) Additional provision for North
Carolina. All gillnets set 300 yards
(274.3 m) or less from the shoreline in
North Carolina must meet the anchoring
system and net panel weak link
requirements in paragraphs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
(d)(8)(ii)(C)(1) and (d)(8)(ii)(C)(2) of this
section, or the following:
(i) The entire net string must be less
than 300 yards (274.3 m) from shore.
(ii) The breaking strength of each
weak link must not exceed 600 lb (272.2
kg). The weak link requirements apply
to all variations in panel size.
(iii) All net panels in a string must
contain weak links that meet one of the
following two configuration
specifications found in paragraph
(d)(2)(ii)(A) or (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section.
(iv) Regardless of the number of net
panels, all anchored gillnets must be
secured at the offshore end of the net
string with a burying anchor (an anchor
that holds to the ocean bottom through
the use of a fluke, spade, plow, or pick)
having a holding capacity equal to or
greater than an 8-lb (3.6-kg) Danforthstyle anchor, and at the inshore end of
the net string with a dead weight equal
to or greater than 31 lb (14.1 kg).
(e) Restrictions applicable to drift
gillnet gear—(1) Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The Cape Cod
Bay Restricted Area is bounded by the
following points and on the south and
east by the interior shoreline of Cape
Cod, Massachusetts.
Point
CCB1
CCB2
CCB3
CCB4
N. Lat.
.............
.............
.............
.............
41°40′
42°30′
42°30′
42°12′
W. Long.
69°45′
69°45′
70°30′
70°30′
(ii) Closure. From January 1 through
April 30 of each year, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear in the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area unless the Assistant
Administrator specifies gear restrictions
or alternative fishing practices in
accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(i) of
this section and the gear or practices
comply with those specifications, or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2. The Assistant Administrator
may waive this closure for the
remaining portion of the winter
restricted period in any year through a
notification in the Federal Register if
NMFS determines that right whales
have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of
the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From May 1 through
December 31 of each year, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear in the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
Additionally, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at
night in the Cape Cod Bay Restricted
Area unless that gear is tended, or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2. During that time, all drift gillnet
gear set by that vessel in the Cape Cod
Bay Restricted Area must be removed
from the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(2) Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area—(i) Area. The Great South
Channel Restricted Gillnet Area consists
of the area bounded by lines connecting
the following four points:
Point
GSC1
GSC2
GSC3
GSC4
N. Lat.
.............
.............
.............
.............
41°02.2′
41°43.5′
42°10′
41°38′
W. Long.
69°02′
69°36.3′
68°31′
68°13′
(ii) Closure. From April 1 through
June 30 of each year, no person or vessel
may set, fish with or possess drift gillnet
gear in the Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area unless the
Assistant Administrator specifies gear
restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph
(i) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those
specifications, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From July 1 through
March 31 of each year, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear in the Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
Additionally, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at
night in the Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area unless that gear
is tended, or unless the gear is stowed
as specified in § 229.2. During that time,
all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in
the Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area must be removed from the
water and stowed on board the vessel
before a vessel returns to port.
(3) Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The Great
South Channel Sliver Restricted Area
consists of the area bounded by lines
connecting the following points:
Point
GSCRA1
GSCRA2
GSCRA3
GSCRA4
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
N. lat.
........
........
........
........
27JNR2
41°02.2′
41°43.5′
41°40′
41°00′
W. long.
69°02′
69°36.3′
69°45′
69°05′
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess drift gillnet
gear in the Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Gillnet Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
Additionally, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at
night in the Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area unless that gear is
tended, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2. During that time,
all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in
the Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(4) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area—(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except
those designated the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area in paragraph (e)(1), that
lie south of 43°15′ N. lat. and west of
70°00′ W. long.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess drift gillnet
gear in the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys
Ledge Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2.
Additionally, no person or vessel may
fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at
night in the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys
Ledge Area unless that gear is tended,
or unless the gear is stowed as specified
in § 229.2. During that time, all drift
gillnet gear set by that vessel in the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(5) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area consists of all state
and Federal U.S. waters from the U.S./
Canada border to Long Island, NY, at
72°30′ W. long. south to 36°33.03′ N. lat.
and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ,
with the exception of the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area, Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, Great
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area,
Great South Channel Sliver Restricted
Area, and exempted waters listed in
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. No person or vessel
may fish with or possess drift gillnet
gear in the Other Northeast Gillnet
Waters Area unless that gear complies
with the gear marking requirements
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2. Additionally, no
person or vessel may fish with or
possess drift gillnet gear at night in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area
unless that gear is tended, or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in § 229.2.
During that time, all drift gillnet gear set
by that vessel in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area must be removed
from the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or
vessel requirements. From September 1
to May 31, no person or vessel may fish
with or possess drift gillnet gear in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area
that is south of a straight line from
41°18.2′ N. lat., 71°51.5′ W. long. (Watch
Hill Point, RI) south to 40°00′ N. lat. and
then east to the eastern edge of the EEZ,
unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, or unless
the gear is stowed as specified in
§ 229.2. Additionally, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear at night in the Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters Area unless
that gear is tended, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in § 229.2. During
that time, all drift gillnet gear set by that
vessel in the Other Northeast Gillnet
Waters Area must be removed from the
water and stowed on board the vessel
before a vessel returns to port.
(6) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters
Area—(i) Area. The Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters consists of all U.S. waters
bounded on the north from Long Island,
NY at 72°30′ W. long. south to 36°33.03′
N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, and bounded on the south by
32°00′ N. lat., and east to the eastern
edge of the EEZ. When the Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area overlaps
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area and
its restricted period as specified in
paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this
section, then the closure and exemption
for the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as
specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section applies.
(ii) Area-specific gear or vessel
requirements. From September 1
through May 31, no person or vessel
may fish with or possess drift gillnet
gear at night in the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters Area unless:
(A) The gear complies with gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section;
(B) The gear is tended; and
(C) All gear is removed from the water
and stowed on board the vessel before
a vessel returns to port. No person or
vessel may possess drift gillnet at night
in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36619
Waters unless the gear is stowed as
specified in § 229.2. When the Mid/
South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
overlaps the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area and its restricted period as
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2)
of this section, then the closure and
exemption for the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area as specified in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies.
(f) Restrictions applicable to the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area—(1)
Area. The Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area consists of the area bounded by
straight lines connecting the following
points in the order stated from south to
north:
Point
SERA1
SERA2
SERA3
SERA4
SERA5
SERA6
SERA7
SERA8
N. lat.
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
27°51′
27°51′
32°00′
32°36′
32°51′
33°15′
33°27′
(2 )
W. long.
(1)
80°00′
80°00′
78°52′
78°36′
78°24′
78°04′
78°33.9′
1 Florida
2 South
shoreline.
Carolina shoreline.
(i) Southeast U.S. Restricted Area N.
The Southeast U.S. Restricted Area N
consists of the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area from 29°00′ N. lat. northward.
(ii) Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S.
The Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S
consists of the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area southward of 29°00′ N. lat.
(2) Restricted periods, closure, and
exemptions.
(i) Restricted periods. The restricted
period for the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area N is from November 15 through
April 15, and the restricted period for
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S is
from December 1 through March 31.
(ii) Closure for gillnets.
(A) Except as provided under
paragraph (f)(2)(v) of this section,
fishing with or possessing gillnet in the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area N during
the restricted period is prohibited.
(B) Except as provided under
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section and
(f)(2)(iv) of this section, fishing with
gillnet in the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area S during the restricted period is
prohibited.
(iii) Exemption for Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery. Fishing
with gillnet for sharks with webbing of
5 inches (12.7 cm) or greater stretched
mesh is exempt from the restrictions
under paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section if:
(A) The gillnet is deployed so that it
encloses an area of water;
(B) A valid commercial directed shark
limited access permit has been issued to
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
36620
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
the vessel in accordance with 50 CFR
§ 635.4(e) and is on board;
(C) No net is set at night or when
visibility is less than 500 yards (1,500 ft,
460 m);
(D) The gillnet is removed from the
water before night or immediately if
visibility decreases below 500 yards
(1,500 ft, 460 m);
(E) Each set is made under the
observation of a spotter plane;
(F) No gillnet is set within 3 nautical
miles (5.6 km) of a right, humpback, or
fin whale;
(G) The gillnet is removed
immediately from the water if a right,
humpback, or fin whale moves within 3
nautical miles (5.6 km) of the set gear;
(H) The gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section; and
(I) The operator of the vessel calls the
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
Panama City Laboratory in Panama City,
FL, not less than 48 hours prior to
departing on any fishing trip in order to
arrange for observer coverage. If the
Panama City Laboratory requests that an
observer be taken on board a vessel
during a fishing trip at any time from
December 1 through March 31 south of
29°00′ N. lat., no person may fish with
such gillnet aboard that vessel in the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S unless
an observer is on board that vessel
during the trip.
(iv) Exemption for Spanish Mackerel
component of the Southeast Atlantic
gillnet fishery. Fishing with gillnet for
Spanish mackerel is exempt from the
restrictions under paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B)
of this section from December 1 through
December 31, and from March 1 through
March 31 if:
(A) Gillnet mesh size is between 3.5
inches (8.9 cm) and 47⁄8 inches (12.4 cm)
stretched mesh;
(B) A valid commercial vessel permit
for Spanish mackerel has been issued to
the vessel in accordance with
§ 622.4(a)(2)(iv) of this title and is on
board;
(C) No person may fish with, set,
place in the water, or have on board a
vessel a gillnet with a float line longer
than 800 yards (2,400 ft, 732 m);
(D) No person may fish with, set, or
place in the water more than one gillnet
at any time;
(E) No more than two gillnets,
including any net in use, may be
possessed at any one time; provided,
however, that if two gillnets, including
any net in use, are possessed at any one
time, they must have stretched mesh
sizes (as allowed under the regulations)
that differ by at least .25 inch (.64 cm);
(F) No person may soak a gillnet for
more than 1 hour. The soak period
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
begins when the first mesh is placed in
the water and ends either when the first
mesh is retrieved back on board the
vessel or the gathering of the gillnet is
begun to facilitate retrieval on board the
vessel, whichever occurs first; providing
that, once the first mesh is retrieved or
the gathering is begun, the retrieval is
continuous until the gillnet is
completely removed from the water;
(G) No net is set at night or when
visibility is less than 500 yards (1,500 ft,
460 m);
(H) The gillnet is removed from the
water before night or immediately if
visibility decreases below 500 yards
(1,500 ft, 460 m);
(I) No net is set within 3 nautical
miles (5.6 km) of a right, humpback, or
fin whale;
(J) The gillnet is removed immediately
from the water if a right, humpback, or
fin whale moves within 3 nautical miles
(5.6 km) of the set gear; and
(K) The gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the areaspecific requirements for anchored
gillnets specified in paragraphs
(d)(8)(ii)(A) through (d)(8)(ii)(D) of this
section for the Mid/South Atlantic
Gillnet Waters.
(v) Exemption for vessels in transit
with gillnet aboard. Possession of gillnet
aboard a vessel in transit is exempt from
the restrictions under paragraph
(f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section if: All nets are
covered with canvas or other similar
material and lashed or otherwise
securely fastened to the deck, rail, or
drum; and all buoys, high flyers, and
anchors are disconnected from all
gillnets. No fish may be possessed
aboard such a vessel in transit.
(vi) Restrictions for trap/pot gear.
Fishing with trap/pot gear in the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area N during
the restricted period is allowed if:
(A) Trap/pot gear is not fished in a
trap/pot trawl;
(B) All buoys or flotation devices are
attached to the buoy line with a weak
link that meets the requirements of
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. The
weak link has a maximum breaking
strength of 600 lbs (272 kg) except in
Florida State waters where the
maximum breaking strength is 200 lbs
(91kg);
(C) The buoy line has a maximum
breaking strength of 2,200 lbs (998 kg)
except in Florida State waters where the
maximum breaking strength is 1,500 lbs
(630 kg);
(D) The entire buoy line must be free
of objects (e.g., weights, floats, etc.)
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
except where it attaches to the buoy and
trap/pot;
(E) The buoy line is made of sinking
line;
(F) The gear complies with gear
marking requirements as specified in
paragraph (b) of this section; and
(G) Trap/pot gear that is deployed in
the EEZ (as defined in § 600.10 of this
title) is brought back to port at the
conclusion of each fishing trip.
(g) Restrictions applicable to the
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters (1)
Area—The Other Southeast Gillnet
Waters Area includes all waters
bounded by 32°00′ N. lat. on the north
(near Savannah, GA), 26°46.50′ N. lat.
on the south (near West Palm Beach,
FL), 80°00′ W. long. on the west, and the
EEZ boundary on the east.
(2) Closure for gillnets. Fishing with
or possessing gillnet gear in the Other
Southeast Gillnet Waters Area north of
29°00′ N. lat. from November 15 through
April 15 or south of 29°00′ N. lat. from
December 1 through March 31 is
allowed if one of the following
exemptions applies:
(i) Exemption for Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery. Fishing
with or possessing gillnet gear with
webbing of 5 inches (12.7 cm) or greater
stretched mesh is allowed if:
(A) The gear is marked as required in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(B) No net is set within 3 nautical
miles (5.6 km) of a right, humpback, or
fin whale; and
(C) The gear is removed immediately
from the water if a right, humpback, or
fin whale moves within 3 nautical miles
(5.6 km) of the set gear.
(ii) Exemption for Southeast Atlantic
gillnet fishery. Fishing with or
possessing gillnet gear is allowed if:
(A) The gear is marked as required in
paragraph (b) of this section; or
(B) The gear is fished south of 27°51′
N.
(iii) Exemption for vessels in transit
with gillnet aboard. Possession of gillnet
gear aboard a vessel in transit is allowed
if:
(A) All nets are covered with canvas
or other similar material and securely
fastened to the deck, rail, or drum; and
(B) All buoys, high flyers, and anchors
are disconnected from all gillnets.
(h) Restrictions applicable to the
Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area—(1)
Area. The Southeast U.S. Monitoring
Area consists of the area from 27°51′ N.
lat. (near Sebastian Inlet, FL) south to
26°46.50′ N. lat. (near West Palm Beach,
FL), extending from the shoreline or
exemption line out to 80°00′ W. long.
(2) Restrictions for Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery. Fishing
with or possessing gillnet gear with
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES2
webbing of 5 inches (12.7 cm) or greater
stretched mesh from December 1
through March 31 is allowed if:
(i) The gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section;
(ii) The vessel owner/operator is in
compliance with the vessel monitoring
system (VMS) requirements found in 50
CFR 635.69; and
(iii) The vessel owner/operator and
crew are in compliance with observer
requirements found in § 229.7.
(3) Restrictions for Southeastern U.S.
Atlantic shark gillnet fishery vessels in
transit. Possession of gillnet gear with
webbing of 5 inches (12.7 cm) or greater
stretched mesh aboard a vessel in transit
from December 1 through March 31 is
allowed if:
(i) All gear is stowed as specified in
50 CFR 229.2; and
(ii) The vessel owner/operator is in
compliance with the vessel monitoring
system (VMS) requirements found in 50
CFR 635.69.
(i) Other provisions. In addition to
any other emergency authority under
the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the
Endangered Species Act, the Magnuson-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:54 Jun 26, 2014
Jkt 232001
Stevens Fishery Conservation and
Management Act, or other appropriate
authority, the Assistant Administrator
may take action under this section in
the following situations:
(1) Entanglements in critical habitat
or restricted areas. If a serious injury or
mortality of a right whale occurs in the
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area from
January 1 through May 15, in the Great
South Channel Restricted Area from
April 1 through June 30, the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area N from November
15 to April 15, or the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area S from December 1
through March 31 as the result of an
entanglement by trap/pot or gillnet gear
allowed to be used in those areas and
times, the Assistant Administrator shall
close that area to that gear type (i.e.,
trap/pot or gillnet) for the rest of that
time period and for that same time
period in each subsequent year, unless
the Assistant Administrator revises the
restricted period in accordance with
paragraph (i)(2) of this section or unless
other measures are implemented under
paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
36621
(2) Other special measures. The
Assistant Administrator may, in
consultation with the Take Reduction
Team, revise the requirements of this
section through a publication in the
Federal Register if:
(i) NMFS verifies that certain gear
characteristics are both operationally
effective and reduce serious injuries and
mortalities of endangered whales;
(ii) New gear technology is developed
and determined to be appropriate;
(iii) Revised breaking strengths are
determined to be appropriate;
(iv) New marking systems are
developed and determined to be
appropriate;
(v) NMFS determines that right
whales are remaining longer than
expected in a closed area or have left
earlier than expected;
(vi) NMFS determines that the
boundaries of a closed area are not
appropriate;
(vii) Gear testing operations are
considered appropriate; or
(viii) Similar situations occur.
[FR Doc. 2014–14936 Filed 6–26–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\27JNR2.SGM
27JNR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 124 (Friday, June 27, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 36585-36621]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-14936]
[[Page 36585]]
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 124
June 27, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 229
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing Operations;
Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 124 / Friday, June 27, 2014 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 36586]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
50 CFR Part 229
[Docket No. 130201095-4400-02]
RIN 0648-BC90
Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Commercial Fishing
Operations; Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan Regulations
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS issues this final rule to amend the regulations
implementing the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan (Plan). This
rule revises the management measures for reducing the incidental
mortality and serious injury to the North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis), humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae), and fin
whale (Balaenoptera physalus) in commercial trap/pot and gillnet
fisheries to further the goals of the Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA) and the Endangered Species Act (ESA). The measures identified in
the Plan are also intended to benefit minke whales (Balaenoptera
acutorostrata), which are not classified as strategic stocks under the
MMPA, but are known to be taken incidentally in commercial fisheries.
DATES: These regulations are effective August 26, 2014. Section
229.32(f)(2)(vi) (gear marking requirements and gear modifications in
the Southeast) is applicable November 1, 2014 and Sec. 229.32(b) and
(c)(2)(i) (gear marking requirements and minimum number of traps per
trawl requirement in the Northeast) are applicable June 1, 2015.
ADDRESSES: Copies of the Final Environmental Impact Statement/
Regulatory Impact Review/Record of Decision for this action can be
obtained from the Plan Web site listed under Electronic Access.
Written comments regarding the burden hour estimates or other
aspects of the collection of information requirements contained in this
final rule can be submitted to David Gouveia, NMFS, Greater Atlantic
Regional Fisheries Office, 55 Great Republic Dr, Gloucester, MA 10930
or Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs by email at OIRA_submissions@omb.eop.gov.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Kate Swails, NMFS, Greater Atlantic
Region, 978-282-8481, Kate.Swails@noaa.gov; Kristy Long, NMFS Office of
Protected Resources, 301-427-8440, Kristy.Long@noaa.gov; or Barb
Zoodsma, NMFS Southeast Region, 904-321-2806, Barb.Zoodsma@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Electronic Access
Several of the background documents for the Plan and the take
reduction planning process can be downloaded from the Plan Web site at
https://www.nero.noaa.gov/whaletrp/. The complete text of the
regulations implementing the Plan can be found either in the Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) at 50 CFR 229.32 or downloaded from the Web
site, along with a guide to the regulations.
Background
The Marine Mammal Protection Act Section 118 requires NMFS to
implement a Take Reduction Plan to reduce the serious injury and
mortality of marine mammals incidental to commercial fishing operations
to insignificant levels approaching a zero mortality and serious injury
rate. NMFS first implemented regulations establishing the Atlantic
Large Whale Take Reduction Plan (Plan) to meet this requirement in
1997. Section 118(f)(7)(E) of the MMPA requires the Take Reduction Team
(Team) and NMFS to meet every six months, or at other such intervals as
NMFS determines are necessary, to monitor the implementation of the
final Plan until such time that NMFS determines that the objectives of
the Plan have been met.
Section 118(f)(7)(F) requires NMFS to amend the Plan and
implementing regulations as necessary to meet the requirements of
Section 118 to reduce incidental serious injury and mortality to a
level approaching ZMRG, taking into account the economics of the
fishery, the availability of existing technology, and existing State or
regional fishery management plans. The Team and NMFS have met and
amended the Plan and implementing regulations several times since 1997
in an ongoing effort to ensure the requirements of the MMPA regarding
take reduction of large whales continue to be met.
This final rule is the latest step in this ongoing process. The
rule implements modifications to the Plan suggested by the Team and
public, as well as modifications deemed necessary by NMFS to further
enhance the likelihood of meeting the requirements and further the
goals of the MMPA, as well as the ESA. Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA
requires federal agencies to ensure that any action authorized, funded
or authorized by the agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or threatened species. Details concerning
the development and justification of this final rule were provided in
the preamble to the proposed rule (78 FR 42654, July 16, 2013) and are
not repeated here.
As a result of public input provided through the scoping process
and Team meetings, NMFS developed six alternatives including a ``No
Action'' or status quo alternative, to modify the Plan. All six of
these alternatives are described and analyzed in detail in the Final
Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) prepared to accompany this rule.
NMFS identified Alternative 5 as the Preferred Alternative in the
proposed rule but after receiving public comment on each alternative
NMFS has decided to amend the Plan as proposed in Alternative 6, with a
few adjustments.
The proposed rule's preferred Alternative 5 would have implemented
three closure areas to reduce the risk of serious injury and mortality
incidental to interaction between whales and commercial fishing gear,
thereby enhancing the likelihood of meeting MMPA requirements of
reducing serious injury and mortality to level approaching ZMRG. Two of
the three proposed closure areas; however, were determined to have low
levels of ``co-occurrence'' of whales and fishing gear, and therefore
the conservation benefit of closing those two areas was deemed to be
minimal, while the cost to the fishing industry would have been
substantial. The single closure contained in this final rule was the
only one of the proposed three closure areas in which there is a high
level of co-occurrence of whales and fishing gear. Thus, closing this
area will have a similar conservation benefit that closing all three of
the areas in the proposed Preferred Alternative 5 would have had.
The other adjustments to Alternative 6 which have been included in
this final rule are described as follows:
(1) New Hampshire state waters are exempted from the minimum number
of traps per trawl requirement of the final rule, but fishermen are not
exempted from other previously implemented requirements. This is a
change from the proposed rule which would have exempted New Hampshire
state waters from all requirements, and therefore increases the
conservation benefit to whales from the measures in the proposed rule.
(2) The minimum number of traps per trawl in the final rule for
Massachusetts
[[Page 36587]]
and Rhode Island state waters and pocket waters in Maine is reduced
from three to two traps per trawl. This change is due to concerns about
the safety of small boats having to work trawls of three traps as
opposed to trawls of two traps. This change is negligible, and thus is
still consistent with the MMPA.
(3) An exemption from the minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement is newly created in this final rule for a \1/4\ mile buffer
in waters surrounding three inhabited islands in Maine--Monhegan,
Matinicus, and Ragged Islands. Boats within this \1/4\ mile buffer will
be allowed to continue fishing single traps rather than multiple trap
trawls in the proposed rule, due to safety issues since these waters
are generally less than 30 fathoms deep with rocky edges, and boats
fishing close to shore areas usually small. Whales are not likely to
come this close to shore, so this change from the proposed rule does
not lessen the conservation benefit of the final rule.
(4) Gear marking is not required in Maine exempted waters, in
contrast to the proposed rule, due to feasibility concerns of switching
marks when moving from an exempt area to a non-exempt area. The change
in conservation benefit to whales from this change is negligible.
Because this final rule with a single closure and the other changes
described above will provide a conservation benefit comparable to that
which would have been provided by the preferred Alternative 5 in the
proposed rule, yet pose less economic impact and fewer safety concerns
to the fishing industry, it is consistent with the requirements of the
MMPA to reduce serious injury and mortality to approach ZMRG. The
changes in the final rule, as compared to the proposed rule, are
justifiable under MMPA requirements and goals because they take into
account the economics of the fishery, the availability of existing
technology, and existing fishery management plans, as well as the goal
of the ESA to avoid jeopardizing the continued existence of ESA-listed
whales.
As noted in the DATES section above, this rule is effective 60 days
after publication with the exception of the amended gear marking
requirements and gear modifications in the Southeast (effective
November 1, 2014) and amended gear marking requirements and minimum
number of traps per trawl requirement in the Northeast (effective June
1, 2015). NMFS chose a phased-in implementation for this rule as a
result of public comment. The changes in the Plan require the
reconfiguration of approximately 200,000 vertical lines at an annual
compliance cost of approximately $1.9 to $4.5 million. In the
Southeast, Industry members and state partners requested that NMFS
provide adequate time for industry to comply with the amended gear
marking requirements, as 60 days would not be sufficient time for that
purpose given the extent of needed changes in light of the new
requirements. In the Northeast, Industry members and state partners
requested that the implementation date coincide with the trap tag
renewal date of June 1 to allow for a more cost-effective
implementation of the new requirements, as gear is out of the water
during that time as industry affix new trap tags for the upcoming
season. The new minimum trap per trawl measure requires increasing the
number of traps per vertical line which requires removal of equipment
from the water and reconfiguration of line and equipment. Additional
time is needed for fishermen to adapt to these changes. NMFS finds that
there is good cause for the November 1, 2014 and June 1, 2015 phased-in
implementation date to address the public's concerns, and given that
the impact on conservation benefit to large whales from this phased-in
implementation will be minimal given the relatively short delay in
implementation. Specifically, the majority of the conservation measures
included in the final rule will be in place 60 days after publication
of the rule--including protective measures during calving season, and a
closure that goes into effect January 1, 2015, and all current ALWTRP
requirements, including the sinking groundline requirement, remain in
place during this phased-in implementation of some of the new measures.
Changes to the Plan for Boundaries and Seasons
This final rule will exempt New Hampshire State waters from the
Plan's minimum number of traps per trawl requirement based on the co-
occurrence model. Those fishing in state waters would still be required
to comply with previously implemented requirements including marking
requirements (see 50 CFR 229.23(b)(2) and (3)).
NMFS intends to expand the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area to include
portions of the Outer Cape. This new area, Massachusetts Restricted
Area, would be closed for a portion of the year (January 1-April 30) to
trap/pot fisheries, due to the level of co-occurrence of whales and
gear and the conservation benefit to be gained while minimizing
economic impacts to the fishery.
Finally, NMFS intends to create a new trap/pot management area in
the Southeast. The eastern boundary of the current Southern Nearshore
Trap/Pot waters area would be aligned with the eastern boundary of the
existing Southeast Restricted Area North management area. This new area
would coincide with the current Southeast Restricted Area North
management area in place for gillnets. Management measures in this area
would be in place from November 15 through April 15.
Changes to the Plan for Trap/Pot Gear
In the Northeast, NMFS will institute restrictions designed to
reduce the number of buoy lines that fishermen employ. This final rule
limits the number of lines in the Northeast by prohibiting single trap/
pots and requiring fishermen to increase the number of traps per trawl
they set based on area and distance to shore. In some areas (mainly
inshore and nearshore waters) this may represent a change from how they
currently fish. In Federal waters and offshore, larger trawls are
currently fished so this requirement may not affect these vessels to
the same extent as smaller inshore vessels. The current requirement of
one endline for trawls less than or equal to five traps remains in
place. Larger trawls (i.e., > 5 traps/pots) will not be required to
have only one endline.
The numbers of traps per trawl are based on the co-occurrence
model, public input, and discussions with state partners. The required
traps per trawl differ based on distance to shore and lobster
management area. In Maine the number of traps per trawl is defined
based on Maine state lobster zones.
In the Southeast Restricted Area North, NMFS will require single
traps/pots, implement weaker weak links and breaking strength of
vertical lines, and require all vertical lines to be free of objects
(e.g., weights, floats, etc.) except where it attaches to the buoy and
trap/pot, and made of sinking line.
The Plan requires the use of weak links with maximum breaking
strengths of 200 to 600 lbs (90.7 to 272 kg) depending on management
area within the Southeast Restricted Area North. This final rule
defines the breaking strengths of weak links in South Carolina,
Georgia, Florida state waters as 600 lbs (272 kg), 600 lbs (272 kg),
and 200 lbs (90.7 kg), respectively. In Federal waters the breaking
strength is defined as 600 lbs (272 kg).
This final rule also defines the maximum breaking strength of
vertical line in the Southeast Restricted Area North. In South Carolina
and Georgia state waters breaking strength of the
[[Page 36588]]
vertical line will not exceed 2,200 lbs (998 kg). In Florida state
waters breaking strength of vertical line will not exceed 1,500 lbs
(680 kg). Federal waters will have a breaking strength of 2,200 lbs
(998 kg).
In an effort to decrease the number of ways gear is rigged, NMFS is
also requiring that vertical lines be made of sinking line and free of
objects for those traps set anywhere in the Southeast Restricted Area
North. (effective in the Southeast on November 1, 2014 and effective in
the Northeast on June 1, 2015).
Changes to the Plan for Gear Marking
This final rule will implement a gear marking scheme that maintains
the current color combinations but increases the size and frequency of
the mark. The new mark must equal 12-inches (30.5 cm) in length and
buoy lines must be marked three times (top, middle, bottom). A mark for
the new Southeast U.S. Restricted Area North would be required for both
state and Federal waters. This rule will continue to allow multiple
methods for marking line (e.g., paint, tape, rope, etc.). (effective in
the Southeast on November 1, 2014 and effective in the Northeast on
June 1, 2015).
Regulatory Language Changes
Some corrections and clarifications have been identified as
necessary since the last regulation was implemented. The following
changes to the current Plan regulations will improve consistency and
clarity.
Exempted waters: NMFS added language to clarify the exempted waters
description.
Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area Clarification: The final rule
clarifies the restricted period for the Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area.
The added language defines the restricted period as December 1 through
March 31.
Definitions: The final rule modifies the definition of
``groundline'' when referring to gillnets to remove reference to buoy
line. The modified definition reads, ''Groundline with reference to
trap/pot gear, means a line connecting traps in a trap trawl, and, with
reference to gillnet gear, means a line connecting a gillnet or gillnet
bridle to an anchor.''
Prohibitions: The final rule eliminates the individual prohibition
paragraphs on fishing or possessing trap/pot gear, anchored gillnet,
drift gillnet, gillnet, and shark gillnets (Sec. 229.3(h) through (l))
and condenses the intended prohibitions into three paragraphs that
apply to ``any person or vessel and fishing gear subject to the Plan.''
NMFS clarifies that fishermen are responsible for proving that an
exemption or exception under Sec. 229.32 is applicable.
Other Special Measures: This final rule clarifies the intent of
Sec. 229.32(i)(2) to include consultation with the Take Reduction
Team.
Comments and Responses
NMFS received 533 letters from commenters on the Draft
Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) and proposed rule via
www.regulations.gov, letter, fax, or email. Additionally, two form
letters were received on the DEIS via hardcopy letter and email;
approximately 27,500 of one form letter, 13,500 of another form letter,
and approximately 1,300 slight variations to the form letters. NMFS
also solicited comments on the DEIS during 16 public hearings held
along the Atlantic coast. The substantive comments are summarized and
grouped below by major subject headings. NMFS' response follows each
comment. NMFS received comments on DEIS technical changes that were not
substantive, and incorporated such changes in the FEIS as appropriate.
These technical comments are not listed in the summary.
General Comments
Comment 1: One commenter stated that the proposed measures should
be extended to recreational fishermen and not just commercial
fishermen.
Response: The regulations implementing the Plan are governed by
Section 118 of the MMPA, which requires take reduction teams to assist
NMFS in the development of take reduction plans that address serious
injuries and mortalities of marine mammals that interact with
commercial fishing operations. Therefore, the proposed measures apply
to commercial fishing only. However, recreational fishermen that take
marine mammals are in violation of the MMPA prohibition against taking
marine mammals. NMFS has created brochures designed to inform
recreational fishermen about protected species conservation.
Comment 2: Two commenters requested that the 60-day public comment
period be extended.
Response: NMFS believes that the 60-day comment period was adequate
and chose not to extend the time period.
Comment 3: One commenter stated that the proposed regulations
should consider the shifting baseline in the marine food chain as a
result of climate change and eutrophication, stating that right whale
prey distribution is changing in time and place and management should
be adapted to account for these shifts. The commenter suggested that
the status quo approach be supplemented with dynamic solutions using an
ecosystem approach for management.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this important comment. Managing
resources in the face of changing environmental conditions is
challenging. The ability to account for distribution shifts that may
result from changing environmental conditions exist in the current
regulations. These regulations can be found at Sec. 229.32(i)(2).
Among other considerations, should NMFS, in consultation with the Team,
determine that right whale distribution shifts result in its current
conservation measures being no longer appropriate, NMFS has the ability
to make changes to the measures.
Comment 4: A few commenters stated that they have never seen a
whale in state waters and thus it was unfair to propose new laws in
areas without whales.
Response: Because most large whale entanglements (particularly
those involving right whales) tend to be free swimming entanglements
when detected and the gear recovered from these entanglements do not
provide adequate information to determine where an entanglement
occurred, entanglements from specific fisheries and areas are rarely
documented. Therefore, NMFS developed a model to help identify the
relative likelihood of an entanglement by time and area. The model is
based on high ``co-occurrence areas,'' which are areas that have the
highest frequency of gear that overlap with large whale sightings per
unit effort. NMFS believes that these high co-occurrence areas
represent a higher likelihood of entanglement to large whales. Areas
identified as a high co-occurrence area may be subject to conservation
measures regardless of whether a take has been documented in that area.
Comment 5: Some commenters stated that the entanglement risk to
right and other large whales is greater in areas outside of the
Southeast U.S. Atlantic and that there have been no documented cases of
black sea bass or blue crab gear on a right whale. Some commenters also
noted that fewer trap/pots are set in the Southeast relative to
northern regions (including Canada) and that gear in the Southeast is
lighter, uses shorter vertical lines, and is therefore less risky to
whales than trap/pot gear found farther north.
Response: The annual Stock Assessment Reports (SARs) partition out
[[Page 36589]]
entanglement records between U.S. and Canadian waters for large
cetacean species. Currently, in the 2012 SAR (Waring et al., 2013) the
average number of annual fishery entanglements of right whales was 1.6
in U.S. waters and 0.2 in Canadian waters. The potential biological
removal for this species is calculated at 0.9. Thus, even when
considering only entanglements from U.S. fisheries, right whales are
being taken at too great a rate to maintain optimal population
sustainability. Furthermore, gear removed from right whales is not
always identified to a specific fishery; however, in cases where the
gear could be identified, more rope was associated with trap/pot gear
than gillnet gear (Johnson et al., 2005).
The vertical line model utilized by NMFS and the Team for the
development of this rule focused on areas of high co-occurrence of
vertical lines associated with commercial trap/pot and gillnet gear and
large whale sighting per unit effort data. The analysis of these data
indicated that co-occurrence was relatively low within the Southeast
Restricted Area North during the right whale season from November 15th
through April 15th. Consequently, NMFS did not propose a closure
throughout the Southeast Restricted Area North or critical habitat
area. However, the gear is not risk-free, which is why NMFS is
implementing other risk reduction measures through this final rule.
Also, see response to Comment 40.
Comment 6: One commenter stated that before taking further action
NMFS should provide fishermen with statistical significance and a five
year period by which to assess the major April 2009 implementation of
the previous rule requiring fishermen to change their floating
groundline to sinking groundline.
Response: At its 2003 meeting, by consensus, the Team agreed to two
overarching principles associated with reducing large whale
entanglement risks: (1) Reducing entanglement risks associated with
groundlines in commercial trap/pot gear; and (2) reducing entanglement
risks associated with vertical lines. The Team agreed to focus first on
addressing the groundline entanglement risk, which was completed in
October 2007 (72 FR 57104, October 5, 2007), followed by the
development and implementation of a vertical line rule. This rule
addresses the entanglement risk identified by the Team to large whales
from vertical lines, and completes the two-pronged strategy identified
by the Team to address large whale entanglements in commercial trap/pot
and gillnet gear. Under the MMPA, the number of deaths or serious
injuries due to commercial fishing activities must not affect a
species' ability to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable
population. At present, with just the sinking groundline conservation
measures in place, the number of serious injuries and mortalities for
right whales and humpback whales remain above permissible levels and
mortalities due to entanglements in vertical lines in trap/pot and
gillnet gear continue to occur. NMFS, in consultation with the Team,
has developed a monitoring strategy to evaluate industry compliance
with the Plan and the effectiveness of the Plan in achieving the Plan's
goals and objectives. For more information on the monitoring strategy,
please see the response to Comment 8.
Comment 7: A few commenters suggested that NMFS move forward with
one measure to reduce interactions at a time in a phased approach. It
was suggested that NMFS should just increase the number of traps per
trawl before proposing closures or just move forward with the increased
gear marking at this time and then once the problem areas are
identified come back with management measures targeting those problem
areas.
Response: NMFS appreciates the suggestion but believes that the
combination of management measures in the final rule is necessary to
achieve the goals of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 8: A few commenters were concerned that there was a lack of
strategy if entanglement levels continued to exceed Potential
Biological Removal Rate (PBR) regardless of the proposed measures. The
commenters stated that whales could continue to experience high levels
of entanglement than legally allowed with no recourse.
Response: On February 23-24, 2009, NMFS convened an internal
workshop to discuss the development of a comprehensive monitoring
strategy for the Plan. The goal of this workshop was to develop an
outline for a monitoring strategy that included components to review
compliance with and to assess the effectiveness of the Plan regulations
in achieving the MMPA short-and long-term goals of reducing serious
injury and mortality of large whales in U.S. commercial fisheries. This
monitoring strategy was shared with the Team and went into effect in
August 2012. This strategy includes both annual monitoring reports and
a multi-year status summary intended to review the Plan's effectiveness
and compliance over a 5-year timeframe. If analyses determine that the
Plan is not achieving its goals, NMFS will review the multi-year status
summary to evaluate the potential causes for not achieving the
management objectives and consult with the Team on the development of
appropriate actions to address any identified shortcomings in the Plan.
Comment 9: One commenter requested that the preamble to the rule
and FEIS include a discussion that more accurately reflects decisions
reached by the Team with respect to the rulemaking timeline.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenter's assessment that the
discussion of the rulemaking timeline is not accurately reflected. NMFS
believes that the proposed rule's preamble and DEIS reflect the Team
discussions at past meetings about the need to move forward with a
vertical line rule and the timeline to develop and implement the rule.
The text in the preamble and DEIS is consistent with the Team's meeting
summaries.
Comment 10: Several commenters stated that there are too many
unanswered questions that need to be answered before expanding new
policies. They requested that the northeast portion of the rule be
reconsidered until better information exists regarding what part of the
line is entangling whales and what the economic impact of the changes
will be on the industry.
Response: The FEIS notes that entanglements of large whales are
still occurring and highlights the provisions of the MMPA and ESA that
NMFS is required to follow. Based on the continued serious injury and
mortality of large whales, NMFS must take action to provide more
protection to large whales. Although NMFS acknowledges the need for
more scientific information, NMFS is required to take action based on
the best information that is available when developing the EIS. The
economic impact of this action is discussed in the EIS. As new
information becomes available regarding large whales, entanglements, or
economic impacts of these policies NMFS will share this information
with the Team to determine if additional changes to the Plan are
warranted.
Comment 11: One commenter stated that there is a lack of data and
the data that is available is often flawed.
Response: See Response to Comment 10.
Comment 12: A few commenters commented that NMFS fails to link the
proposed measures to a reduction in serious injury/mortality. The
commenters stated that, although a reduction in risk does not
necessarily equate to the same level of reduction in serious injury/
mortality, it provides some basis for meeting the PBR goals.
[[Page 36590]]
The commenters believe the rule should meet a 50% reduction standard or
provide explanation for how the rule will reduce the levels of serious
injury/mortality to below PBR.
Response: Sufficient information is not available on when, where,
and how entanglements occur such that a specific vertical line
reduction target can be calculated. Therefore, NMFS and the Team have
not determined a percent reduction of vertical lines that would reduce
serious injury and mortality of large whales that encounter vertical
lines to a level that would achieve the MMPA's PBR and ZMRG mandates.
NMFS used the best information that is available and worked with
commercial trap/pot and gillnet fishermen and other stakeholders to
develop feasible conservation measures intended to achieve the goals
and objectives of the Plan and MMPA. The preferred alternative achieves
a 38% reduction in co-occurrence coastwide. NMFS believes this level of
co-occurrence reduction is consistent with and furthers the goals and
objectives of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 13: In response to NMFS' request to comment on the proposed
changes to the `other special measures' provision, one commenter agreed
that the Team should be consulted but that the consultation must
involve dialogue. The commenter questioned if the provision agreed with
the MMPA since the MMPA specifically provides NMFS with authority to
take emergency actions to promote conservation.
Response: NMFS appreciates the support for the change to the
provision. The provision and the MMPA emergency regulations are
different and have their own requirements. The ``Other Special
Measures'' provision is not intended to address NMFS' ability to take
emergency actions, rather it allows NMFS to make changes to the Plan as
new information about gear marking, gear technology, or right whale
distribution in closed areas becomes available. This final rule
includes language to ensure that the Team is consulted prior to actions
being taken under the ``Other Special Measures'' provision.
General Comments on Proposed Alternatives
Comment 14: Many people stated their general support for the
Preferred Alternative stating that the level of serious injury and
mortality is above PBR and therefore additional management measures are
necessary.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this comment and agrees that additional
management measures are necessary.
Comment 15: Numerous people stated their support for the No Action
Alternative referring to the increasing right whale population as a
sign that the current management measures are working and additional
measures are not necessary.
Response: NEPA requires NMFS to analyze a no action alternative.
NMFS did not choose this alternative for this final rule because it is
not consistent with the goals and objectives of the Plan and therefore
is not consistent with the goals and requirements of the MMPA or ESA.
Although the right whale population has increased in recent years, the
number of serious injury and mortalities occurring as a result of
entanglement in commercial fishing gear is still at a level above PBR
and ZMRG. NMFS has determined that additional measures included in this
action are necessary to help meet the objectives of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 16: One commenter stated that the proposed alternatives
would require fishermen to spend more money on weak links and sinking
rope and fishermen can't afford to spend more money.
Response: NMFS is sensitive to the costs of complying with this
final rule and characterized the economic and social impacts in the
FEIS. Chapter 7 of the FEIS identifies the vessels segments that may be
heavily affected by the new requirements. Based on the comments
received during the public comment period and public hearings, the
preferred alternative was chosen because it provided a significant
conservation benefit to large whales while having a lower economic cost
to industry.
Comment 17: One commenter agreed that reducing vertical line
offshore is a good thing to do as there are more whales offshore so the
rules should be made to account for this.
Response: NMFS agrees with this comment and the final rule includes
measures for vessels fishing offshore.
Comment 18: A handful of commenters provided general comments about
the Southeast U.S. portion of the proposed rule: (1) The proposed rule
contained a patchwork of requirements within the currently designated
critical habitat that are inconsistent and arbitrary, (2) the various
requirements would make it difficult for fishermen to comply and law
enforcement officials to enforce, and (3) the presence of neophyte
calves in Florida state waters was NMFS' basis for requiring weak links
and ropes with lower breaking strengths in that area, but these same
``neophytes'' are born further to the north where breaking strengths
are far higher (and presumably create higher risk). Many of these
commenters were also concerned that proposed measures in the Southeast
largely retain the status quo and do not reduce risk to right whales,
especially for mother/calf pairs.
Response: This final rule provides additional protection to right
whales by focusing management measures in areas of elevated co-
occurrence of whales and vertical lines. First, NMFS believes the
various requirements provide protection for right whales while avoiding
unnecessary impact to fisheries. Second, NMFS did not receive any
comments about difficulties associated with compliance or enforcement
from fishermen or law enforcement officials. Third, NMFS is
particularly cognizant of the weaker physical characteristics of
neophyte calves, which most often occur in the Southeast U.S. Neophyte
calves are occasionally documented off North Carolina and Cape Cod Bay,
Massachusetts; however, the highest co-occurrence of very young right
whale calves and vertical lines is in Florida state waters and where
the trap/pot gear modifications in this rule are the most risk averse.
Finally, NMFS agrees that some of the Southeast measures in this
final rule retain the status quo regarding existing fishing gear and
techniques. In those instances, NMFS believes the present gear/practice
is appropriately risk averse and codified those practices to ensure the
gear does not become riskier to whales in the future. However, other
measures such as requiring object-free lines, sinking vertical lines,
returning gear to port from federal waters, and additional gear marking
are all new measures that reduce entanglement risks to right whales,
including mother/calf pairs.
Comment 19: One commenter supported customizing management measures
to specific high priority areas rather than using wide-scale broad
management; this commenter thought that applying the same management
measures to the area from North Carolina all the way down to Florida to
the 29 latitude line isn't a customized plan. Another commenter stated
that the Southeast Restricted Area North (SERA N) is a huge area and
that he fishes in only a small portion of that area and requested a
``secondary boundary'' that would allow him to fish for blue crab in
Federal waters.
Response: NMFS is defining the Southeast Restricted Area North as a
trap/pot management areas so that the southeast U.S. measures in this
final rule apply to the same management area used for gillnet
fisheries. This helps reduce and streamline the number of
[[Page 36591]]
management areas while providing protection for right whales. However,
new information on right whale distribution has become available since
the Southeast Restricted Area North gillnet area was established. This
new data is currently being evaluated. If NMFS determines that the
Southeast Restricted Area North and South boundaries should be
adjusted, we will do so in consultation with the Team as part of future
rulemaking.
Comment 20: Some commenters suggested that all states should have
the same protections coastwide paying special attention to areas and
seasons where right whales feed and give birth.
Response: NMFS, in consultation with the Team, chose not to
implement a broad-based management scheme as it had done in the past.
Instead, NMFS and the Team developed a model to compare the relative
likelihood of entanglements occurring across areas and seasons. The
model is based on high ``co-occurrence areas,'' which are areas that
have the highest frequency of gear that overlap with large whale
sightings. NMFS utilized these high co-occurrence areas as a proxy for
high risk of entanglement to large whales. The management measures are
intended to provide the same protection to areas of high co-occurrence
regardless of whether the measures differ from state to state. There
are regional differences in fishing practices that influence fishing
techniques, and NMFS tried to account for the differences in techniques
when developing the rule.
Comment 21: Two commenters stated they did not support making
splicing line illegal. It would be impossible to make buoy lines
without splices.
Response: NMFS agrees and did not intend to suggest that splicing
line would be illegal. This is clarified in this final rule.
Comment 22: One commenter agreed that there is insufficient data in
the mid-Atlantic to propose management measures at this time. The
commenter supports efforts to assess whale distribution in this area
and if high co-occurrence areas are identified later on then fisheries
should be managed.
Response: The Plan was developed to reduce the level of serious
injury and mortality of North Atlantic right, humpback, and fin whales.
NMFS, in consultation with the Team, chose to develop management
measures in areas of high co-occurrence of gear and large whale
sightings. NMFS used these high co-occurrence areas as a proxy of
entanglement risk to large whales. There are fewer large whale sighting
data in the mid-Atlantic than in other regions. Because of this, the
mid-Atlantic did not register as an area of high co-occurrence between
whales and fishing gear. NMFS would welcome new information, including
sightings and effort data, on large whales in this area. In fact, NMFS
and the Team have identified Mid-Atlantic surveys as a priority should
additional funding become available for monitoring and/or modeling
efforts in the Mid-Atlantic. If so, NMFS will work with its research
partners to develop an adequate monitoring plan and/or model for the
Mid-Atlantic area.
Comment 23: One commenter requested that NMFS add another
alternative that assesses the impacts of the closures without the
proposed increase in number of traps per trawl.
Response: During the development of the alternatives, NMFS and the
Team did consider utilizing only closures. However, preliminary
analysis indicated that the closure-only strategy would not afford
enough protection to large whales to satisfy the requirements of the
MMPA and ESA. Further, NMFS believes that the number of alternatives
analyzed in the EIS was adequate. The alternatives analyzed were a
combination of stakeholder proposals developed by the Team during the
course of several meetings and the result of input received during the
15 public scoping meetings.
Comment 24: One commenter stated that fishing effort in the Gulf of
Maine lobster fishery may have exceeded capacity and the fishing effort
could be reduced without significantly impacting lobster catch.
Reducing effort would reduce entanglement risk but the proposed rule
sidesteps the issue of effort reduction and it is unclear how effective
the rule would be at reducing entanglements.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that effort reduction through limits on
the number of trap/pot gear utilized by fishermen has taken place.
However a reduction in traps does not necessarily equate to a reduction
in the number of vertical lines in the water column. During the comment
period NMFS requested comments on how best to quantify potential future
trap reductions or increases with respect to how many vertical lines
could be reduced or increased. NMFS did not receive any substantive
comments addressing this issue.
Comment 25: A few commenters felt that the proposed rule did not
address latent effort and the potential for more gear to be in the
water in the future.
Response: NMFS realizes that potential effort reductions or
increases in future fishing effort could reduce or increase the number
of vertical lines in the water column. During the comment period NMFS
requested suggestions for how best to quantify potential future trap
reductions or increases with respect to how many vertical lines could
be reduced or increased. NMFS did not receive any responsive comments.
NMFS intends to monitor this issue as part of the Plan's monitoring
strategy (see response to Comment 8).
Comment 26: NMFS received many comments on the proposal to require
trap/pot gear fished in Southeast Restricted Area North (SERA N)
Federal waters be brought back to port at the end of a fishing trip.
South Carolina Department of Natural Resources (SCDNR) and several
individuals from Georgia and South Carolina commented that a small
number of blue crab fishermen with larger boats may set traps in both
state and federal waters (up to 12 miles (19.3 km) offshore) in years
when coastal water temperatures may be cooler than normal and crabs
move farther out of the estuaries and into the ocean. This seasonal
fishing activity is extremely important economically to the relatively
few fishermen who can participate in this aspect of the fishery,
particularly since winter is the high-dollar season for blue crab.
These commenters stated that the requirement to return all traps to
shore at the end of the day would, at minimum, greatly hamper the
efficiency and cost effectiveness of fishermen, but more likely would
create a closure of the blue crab fishery in Federal waters and cause
an economic hardship on fishermen. One commenter supported the
requirement to return gear to port at the conclusion of each fishing
trip because it represented a de facto seasonal closure in Federal
waters for trap/pot fisheries that required long soak times and would
prevent trap/pot effort from encroaching into Federal waters where
whale density is high. One commenter thought there were multiple ways
to interpret the meaning of ``the conclusion of each fishing trip'' and
was curious about how enforcement officials would interpret the phrase.
Response: NMFS is concerned about the risk to right whales from
trap/pot gear in SERA N Federal waters because fishermen use longer
vertical lines with a higher breaking strength. These factors increase
the risk from entanglement to right whales because longer lines mean
more line that whales may encounter and higher breaking strength means
a whale, particularly a calf, is less likely to break free of gear once
it becomes entangled. Additionally, all other things being equal, long-
soak gear represents a greater opportunity for entanglement than short-
soak gear. Right whales, including calves, occur in Federal
[[Page 36592]]
waters off the coasts of South Carolina and Georgia from November
through April. The measures in this rule reduce risk to right whales
from entanglement in Federal waters by specifying a 2,200 lb (998 kg)
maximum breaking strength of vertical lines and reducing the exposure
of gear to right whales by requiring gear be returned to port at the
end of a fishing trip.
Based on fishermen's comments, we recognize that this measure will
likely eliminate blue crab fishing effort in Federal waters in the
winter because deploying trap/pots for only a short period of time
(period of hours) is not effective at catching blue crabs. However,
according to comments, the majority of blue crab fishermen do not fish
in Federal waters. Consequently, this requirement will likely impact
only a small proportion of fishermen and only during cold winters when
blue crabs are reportedly found farther offshore. NMFS believes that
the majority of fishermen in the blue crab fishery will be largely
unaffected by this final rule because they will still be able to fish
in state waters where the majority of blue crabs are harvested. In
developing these regulations, NMFS considered right whale distribution,
entanglement risk factors, and blue crab fishery characteristics.
A fishing trip is defined in 50 CFR 229.2 as a period that a
fishing vessel spends at sea between port visits and during which any
fishing occurs.
Comment 27: NMFS received one comment on the object-free line
proposed for trap/pot gear fished in the Southeast Restricted Area
North. The commenter stated that many Florida blue crab fishermen use a
second, trailing buoy and wondered if weak links would need to be
attached to each buoy.
Response: During the public hearings, a few Florida blue crab
fishermen reported they attach a trailing buoy by 1-3 ft (0.3-0.91 m)
of line to the surface buoy of blue crab trap/pot. They stated that the
surface and trailing buoy combination is used to assess ocean currents
and the direction from which they should approach and retrieve their
gear. NMFS believes that knot-free and object-free lines have a higher
probability of sliding through whale baleen than lines with bumps,
bulges, or attached buoys, weights, bottles, etc. that are larger than
the line's diameter (splices are allowed, but not preferred). NMFS
believes that the use of a trailing buoy and weak link as described
during the public hearing process would defeat the purpose of the
object-free line. However, NMFS did not notify and request comments on
prohibiting trailing buoys or using weak links with trailing buoys.
Therefore, NMFS will consult with the Team and evaluate whether to ban
the use of a trailing buoy and weak link in a future rulemaking.
Comment 28: One commenter commented that the lack of risk reduction
proposed in the mid-Atlantic was unacceptable. The commenter stated
that this is an area of high seasonal use for humpbacks and subject to
sparse survey effort. The commenter also suggested that recent
increases in dogfish and black sea bass quotas are likely to increase
effort beyond what was considered in the model and likely result in
increased risk.
Response: See response to Comment 22.
Comment 29: One commenter commented that the proposed measures only
incidentally protect humpback whales in the Gulf of Maine and do
nothing to protect them in the mid-Atlantic. The commenter stated that
the closures are in areas where humpbacks are known to occur but not
during times when they're the most abundant.
Response: The closures were developed by stakeholders in areas of
high right whale abundance. The final rule will implement one closure
in an area including portions of Massachusetts Bay, Cape Cod Bay, and
the Outer Cape. Humpback whales are known to frequent these areas and,
therefore, will benefit from the closure. As mentioned above in
response to Comment 22, NMFS chose to develop management measures in
areas of high co-occurrence. High co-occurrence areas are areas that
have the highest frequency of gear that overlap with right and humpback
whale sightings. NMFS believes that these high co-occurrence areas pose
the highest relative risk of entanglement to right and humpback whales.
Due to lower sightings data, the mid-Atlantic did not register as an
area of high co-occurrence between whales and fishing gear. NMFS would
welcome new information, including sightings and effort data, on large
whales in this area. NMFS will monitor fishing effort and whale
distribution data in the mid-Atlantic to see if future management
measures are needed. NMFS intends to monitor this issue as part of the
Plan's monitoring strategy (see response to Comment 8).
Comments on Exemption Lines/Areas
Comment 30: Several commenters supported the proposed exemption to
New Hampshire state waters.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this comment. The final rule will
exempt New Hampshire state waters from portions of the Plan.
Comment 31: Several commenters disagreed with the proposal to
exempt New Hampshire state waters and continuing to exempt portions of
Maine state waters from the Plan.
Response: The New Hampshire exemption and buffers around certain
Maine islands implemented under this rule only apply to the requirement
to increase the number of traps per trawl for commercial trap/pot gear.
All other requirements of the Plan, including the sinking groundline
and weak link requirements are still required. NMFS believes the risk
of entanglement in the New Hampshire exempted area and Maine island
buffers are minimal. However, NMFS will continue to monitor exempted
areas, and encourage states to develop contingency plans for large
whales in these areas in the event that entanglements are identified to
gear from exempted areas.
Comment 32: One commenter stated that Buzzards Bay and Vineyard
Sound should be exempt from regulations since Narragansett Bay in RI,
inshore ME, and now possible state waters in New Hampshire would be
exempt.
Response: The exemption areas have been developed in response to
requests from state fishery management agencies and are designed to
ensure that regulations do not extend into areas where whale sightings
or the potential for co-occurrence is low. Should a state wish to
exempt portions of its waters from the Plan, NMFS has established a
process for requesting exemptions from requirements under the Plan (see
the Plan's Web site for more information).
Comment 33: Several commenters supported the exemption to New
Hampshire state waters from the increase in number of traps per trawl
but not from all aspects of the Plan.
Response: NMFS agrees with this comment (see response to Comment
31).
Comment 34: One commenter stated that the exemptions could increase
the risk to leatherback turtles as a large number of boats fish in
exempt waters and exempt areas put leatherbacks at risk.
Response: The risk to leatherbacks as a result of the proposed New
Hampshire state waters exemption was considered in the FEIS (Chapter
5). NMFS is not relaxing the current restrictions in the exempted
waters, thus, does not expect an increased risk to leatherbacks
relative to the status quo. Leatherbacks are found within New Hampshire
state waters but not in the abundance that they are found in other
waters.
Comment 35: One commenter did not support exemptions of small
vessels from the trawling up requirement. The commenter stated that
small vessels
[[Page 36593]]
operate close to shore and that these proposed requirements are already
proposed to be shorter lengths. If shorter trawls or singles were
allowed then the projections of risk reduction would change and haven't
been analyzed in the DEIS.
Response: The final rule does not include a small vessel exemption.
NMFS is allowing a minimum of two traps per trawl in some state waters
as opposed to the three traps per trawl originally proposed. Also,
there will be a 1/4 mile buffer around three inhabited Maine islands
that will allow fishermen fishing in those waters to continue to fish
singles. These changes and subsequent changes to projections of risk
reductions were analyzed in the FEIS. The changes result in only a
small adjustment to the level of risk reduction. NMFS believes these
changes address the safety concerns for small vessel operators, which
were raised by fishermen during the public comment period and public
hearings while still reducing the risk of entanglement.
Comments on Closed Areas
Comment 36: Many commenters support the proposed closures, stating
that the closures were aimed at reducing fishing effort in key areas
with high concentrations of right whales.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this comment. However, the final rule
will incorporate only one such closure, the Massachusetts Bay
Restricted Area. This closure was chosen by NMFS based on the
importance of the area to right whales and the presence of large whales
within the area during proposed closure period, and the determination,
consistent with MMPA requirements, that this one closure furthers the
MMPA's intent to reduce serious injury and mortality to levels below
PBR and approaching ZMRG, taking into account the economics of the
fishery, the availability of existing technology, and existing fishery
management plans. See response to comment 38.
Comment 37: Several commenters took issue with the start date of
the proposed closure of January 1 for the Cape Cod Bay and
Massachusetts Restricted Area. By starting the closure January 1 the
commenters felt they would miss fishing opportunities during the months
of November and December in that area. They stated that November and
December are especially productive and profitable months for them.
Response: The proposed closure start date is the same start date as
the current closure for the gillnet fisheries in that area. The closure
period reflects the time period when whales are most abundant in this
area. The social impact analysis included in the FEIS examines the
economic burden posed by the closure and the likely effect on the
economic viability of fishing operations. The analysis identifies
vessel segments that may be heavily impacted by the requirements and
suggests that, under the preferred alternative, a limited number of
small vessels are most at risk when comparing annual compliance costs
to average per-vessel revenues. As a result, harvest levels are
unlikely to change and related industries (e.g., seafood processing)
are not likely to be affected. NMFS believes the expected conservation
gain of the closures will provide the best chance for the Plan to
achieve its goals and objectives, as well as those of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 38: Many commenters opposed the closures and questioned the
conservation value of the closed areas. In some of the proposed areas,
fishing effort is low so the chance of an entanglement is already low.
Response: Based on public comments received, in this final rule,
NMFS is implementing one closure instead of the three originally
proposed. NMFS evaluated the conservation value and took into
consideration economic impacts of such measures on industry. NMFS
identified one closure area that is substantial in size and achieves a
similar conservation value but is less economically burdensome on
industry, consistent with Section 118 of the MMPA. The Massachusetts
Restricted Area contains habitat that is very important and heavily
utilized by right whales and is currently closed to gillnet fishing.
The closure in this area would be extended to trap/pot fisheries under
the final rule in an effort to lower the risk of entanglement in a high
co-occurrence area.
Comment 39: Numerous commenters stated that a closed area would
displace fishermen to already crowded areas or create a wall of gear
just outside the closure.
Response: NMFS analyzed the alternatives in two ways to account for
varying fishing effort depending upon the behavior of industry as a
result of the proposed closures. One way assumed 100% suspension of
fishing as a result of the closures and the other way assumed some
vessels would relocate to fish outside the closed areas. The potential
range of the reduction in co-occurrence of the Preferred Alternative is
37.4-37.9%. NMFS believes that this closure will result in a reduction
in co-occurrence that will further the likelihood of meeting the
requirements and goals of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 40: Multiple commenters recommended that NMFS close the
Southeast U.S. right whale critical habitat to trap/pot fishing since
the agency proposed closing Cape Cod Bay to trap/pot fishing in January
and February and the two areas exhibited similar co-occurrence scores
of whales and fishing gear during this time of year (as presented in
Appendix 5-A of the DEIS). These commenters further stated that closing
critical habitat in the Northeast but not in the Southeast was an
inconsistent strategy given young small calves are at a greater risk
for entanglement in the Southeast critical habitat. Some strongly
recommended that NMFS adopt the black sea bass seasonal closure
currently required under South Atlantic Snapper-Grouper Fishery
Management Plan as part of this final rule throughout the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area, an area that is already closed to gillnet
fishing.
Response: NMFS did not propose a trap/pot closure in the southeast
U.S. critical habitat or Southeast Restricted Area North under this
rulemaking because these areas did not exhibit extensive trap/pot
fishing effort within either of these areas when compared to the volume
of effort in Cape Cod Bay. In addition, the characteristics of blue
crab trap/pot gear and lobster gear used in Cape Cod Bay are very
different and therefore require different strategies to reduce risk to
right whales. NMFS believes blue crabs can be harvested safely within
state waters for reasons stated in the proposed rule, FEIS, and in this
final rule under comments and responses on weak links, rope breaking
strength, and trap removal. NMFS is not adopting the current black sea
bass seasonal closure required under the Snapper-Grouper Fishery
Management Plan in this final rule. NMFS published the ALWTRP proposed
rule to mitigate the threat of vertical lines in commercial fisheries
on July 16, 2013 (78 FR 42654). In a separate, unrelated rulemaking
action, NMFS published a South Atlantic Fishery Management Council
(SAFMC) Snapper-Grouper Fishery Management Plan-related proposed rule
on July 2, 2013 (78 FR 39700), which, among other things, proposed a
closure of the commercial black sea bass fishery in the South Atlantic
from approximately Cape Hatteras, North Carolina to Cape Canaveral,
Florida from November 1 through April 30. That closure became effective
when the final rule was published on September 23, 2013 (78 FR 58249).
During team discussions, data analyses, and the initial ALWTRP
rulemaking process beginning in 2009, the Team and NMFS were unaware
that
[[Page 36594]]
there would be an increase in the black sea bass quota (specifically,
during the right whale winter migration) and associated closure as a
result of this quota increase. Thus, this scenario was not discussed or
included in the proposed rule. NMFS cannot implement a similar closure
in this rulemaking because NMFS did not seek comment on mirroring the
SAFMC Snapper-Grouper Fishery Management Plan black sea bass closure to
protect right whales. NMFS will consider this issue as it further
develops the Snapper-Grouper Fishery Management action and discuss this
with the Team should a future rulemaking become necessary.
Comment 41: Multiple commenters noted that the closure boundaries
in the Northeast could be incorrect because of changing environmental
conditions. The commenters believe that if the boundaries are wrong
there is little chance to change them in a timely manner due to the
lengthy process that is required to amend the Plan. They also did not
support static closures as a means to protect whales.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this comment. Managing resources in
changing environmental conditions is challenging. NMFS believes that
there is enough evidence suggesting whales inhabit the proposed
Massachusetts Restricted Area to support closing this area. This area
has long been known to be an important feeding ground for large whales.
In fact, according to a recent report by Massachusetts Division of
Marine Fisheries (2011) there has been an increase in presence of
whales, particularly right whales, in this area in the months of
January through April. Including the Outer Cape as part of this closure
area creates a protection corridor for the whales to travel through on
their way to their Cape Cod Bay feeding ground. Recent passive acoustic
studies analyzing right whale calls detected in Massachusetts Bay
indicate a persistent presence of right whales and call activity
throughout much of the year (Morano et al., 2012; Mussoline et al.,
2012). NMFS will continue to survey the area for whale abundance and
will work with the Team to modify the Plan if future surveys indicate
that this area is no longer an important one for large whales. In
addition, the ability to account for distribution shifts exists in the
current regulations (see response to Comments 3 and 13). If it is found
that right whales remain in a closed area longer than expected or leave
earlier, or if the boundaries of a closed area are no longer
appropriate NMFS, in consultation with the Team, may make changes to
the requirements pursuant to the ``Other Special Measures'' provisions
in the Plan.
Comment 42: Multiple commenters noted that the boundaries of some
of the closures (Jeffreys Ledge and Jordan Basin) appear to be based on
right whale distribution and not co-occurrence as decided by the Team.
They mentioned that the closures were not fully vetted through the Team
and adding them after the fact is not transparent to the Team process.
Response: NMFS agrees that the boundaries for all of the proposed
closed areas were based in part on the distribution of right whales.
Although the Team did agree to focus its conservation efforts on high
co-occurrence areas, some Team members expressed concern that by
relying solely on co-occurrence, some of the known right whale high use
areas would not be adequately protected. In response, several closure
proposals were developed by Team members. The closure proposals were
initially discussed at the January 2012 Team meeting followed by
additional discussion at the February and April 2012 meetings.
Therefore, NMFS disagrees with the comment that the closures were not
vetted through the Team. Based on public comments, the final rule does
not include the Jeffreys Ledge or Jordan Basin closure (see the
``Changes from the Proposed Rule'' section of the preamble).
Comment 43: One commenter stated that the proposal to close the
northern portion of Cape Cod Bay was not warranted. There is not a lot
of fishing effort in the area and to those that fish there that area
encompasses almost all of their winter fishing area.
Response: See responses to Comments 37, 38, and 42.
Comment 44: One commenter commended NMFS for proposing the closures
but stressed the importance of reporting requirements to assess the
closures effectiveness. Closures could trigger a relocation of effort
so NMFS should be ready to expand the boundaries of the closures if
this relocation leads to new areas of high co-occurrence.
Response: NMFS intends to continue to monitor fishing vessel trip
report and observer data, and work with states to improve reporting
requirements to accurately capture fishing effort and changes in
fishing effort as a result of the final rule requirements. Should
relocation of effort occur that would result in new areas of high co-
occurrence NMFS would work with the Team to adjust the Plan as needed.
Comment 45: One commenter suggested that NMFS consider replacing
the proposed Jeffreys Ledge and Jordan Basin closures with an increase
to the minimum number of traps per trawl from November 1 through
February in Maine Zones F&G (6-12 mile) to 15 traps per trawl and in
Maine Zone F&G (12+ mile) to 20 traps per trawl.
Response: The final rule does not include the Jeffreys Ledge and
Jordan Basin closures (see the ``Changes from the Proposed Rule''
section of the preamble). The rule will implement the minimum number of
traps per trawl in Maine as requested by Maine Department of Marine
Resources. This includes the above suggested seasonal increase to a 20
trap per trawl minimum in Maine Zones F&G.
Comment 46: Many commented that the proposed area for closure in
Nantucket Sound was not justified by the co-occurrence model.
Response: See response to Comment 42. NMFS has modified the final
rule based on public comment and chosen to implement a seasonal closure
in Massachusetts that does not include portions of Nantucket Sound. The
final rule reduces risk to large whales and is consistent with the
requirements of Section 118 of the MMPA.
Comment 47: One commenter suggested that the closures may provide
some level of reduction but these closures may not achieve the
reduction needed to reach PBR. The closures are a minor step in
addressing the issue. The commenter further requested that NMFS use an
appropriate and peer-reviewed population model to quantify the impact
of closures on whale populations.
Response: NMFS and the Team cannot determine the exact percentage
reduction of vertical lines needed to reduce serious injury and
mortality of large whales that encounter vertical lines to PBR levels.
Sufficient information is not available on when, where, and how
entanglements occur such that a quantifiable line reduction target can
be calculated. NMFS believes that the closure, accompanied by the
minimum number of traps per trawl requirement coupled with the current
regulations already required under the Plan, will achieve the goals and
objectives of the MMPA and ESA. As part of its monitoring plan, NMFS
will monitor the impacts of all the requirements in the rule on whale
populations (see response to Comment 8).
Comment 48: One commenter suggested that the time period for the
Jeffreys Ledge closure should include September.
Response: The final rule does not include the Jeffreys Ledge
closure (see
[[Page 36595]]
the ``Changes from the Proposed Rule'' section of the preamble).
Comment 49: One commenter supported the use of closed areas to
manage entanglement risks to right whales in locations where right
whale abundance is predictable and impacts to industry are minimal. The
commenter supported closing Massachusetts State waters in the Cape Cod
Bay Critical Habitat and suggested that this closure be state managed.
The commenter believes that a closure in Cape Cod Bay should be dynamic
to allow the state to alter the closure based on the large whale
surveillance program conducted in that area.
Response: See response to Comment 42. NMFS appreciates the support
for a closed area in Cape Cod Bay. NMFS believes that the most
effective closure to reduce the risk of serious injury and mortality
would include Federal waters as well as state waters. NMFS intends to
monitor this issue as part of the Plan's monitoring strategy (see
response to Comment 8).
Comment 50: Some commenters stated that the economic costs of the
closures to the industry are too great and outweigh the conservation
benefits to whales gained by the closures. They stated that the
reduction in co-occurrence as a result of the closures will be minimal
compared to the cost to industry. The cost per unit of co-occurrence
reduction is spread across fewer vessels impacted by closures.
Response: NMFS partially agrees with the commenter and has modified
the final rule based on public comment to include one closure instead
of the proposed three (see the ``Changes from the Proposed Rule''
section of the preamble). NMFS is sensitive to the cost of complying
with the final rule and has analyzed these costs in Chapter 7 of the
FEIS. NMFS believes that there is enough evidence indicating whales
inhabit the proposed Massachusetts Restricted Area to support closing
this area (see responses to Comments 37, 38, and 42). The Massachusetts
Restricted Area has long been known to be an important feeding ground
for large whales and there is a reduction in co-occurrence that will
translate into a conservation benefit, thus helping achieve the
requirements of the MMPA.
Comment 51: Multiple commenters stated that if the Jordan Basin
closure is finalized then the boundary of the closure area should be
modified to only include waters in LMA 1 and not have the boundary
cross the LMA 3 line as currently proposed.
Response: The final rule does not include the Jordan Basin closure.
Please see the ``Changes from the Proposed Rule'' section of the
preamble and the response to Comments 37, 38 and 42.
Comment 52: One commenter stated that closures are essential to
reducing serious injury/mortality of large whales. The commenter
believes that closures are the best means to reduce risk as each
proposed closure has a high co-occurrence score during the proposed
season.
Response: NMFS believes that closures can serve as an important
conservation tool if utilized appropriately. However, based on public
comment and the analysis of its alternatives found in the FEIS, NMFS
does not believe all three proposed closures are based on high co-
occurrence scores during the proposed seasons as the commenter
suggests. Therefore, based on public comment, the final rule does not
include the Jeffreys Ledge or Jordan Basin closure (see the ``Changes
from the Proposed Rule'' section of the preamble and response to
Comment 42). The single closure is consistent with the MMPA's
provisions to reduce risk of serious injury and mortality while also
taking into account the economics of the fishery, the availability of
existing technology, and existing fishery management plans.
Comment 53: Some commenters were concerned about the failure to
more fully address vertical line risk in the Southeast in light of the
likely increased effort in the black sea bass trap/pot fishery during
the winter as a result of the SAFMC's recent actions related to the
Snapper-Grouper Fishery Management Plan. Commenters noted that this
potential increase in fishing effort was not considered in the DEIS.
Response: SAFMC is developing Snapper Grouper Regulatory Amendment
16, to modify or remove the recently implemented black sea bass fishery
closure intended to protect right whales from entanglement in vertical
lines associated with the black sea bass fishery. This regulatory
amendment has the potential to contradict or remain consistent with the
intent of this final rule (intended to reduce the threat of
entanglement to right and other large whales from vertical lines
associated with commercial fisheries). NMFS holds a seat on the SAFMC
and continues to collaborate with the SAFMC on its regulatory amendment
to encourage adequate protection for right whales. Additionally, NMFS
will consult the Team and may consider future amendments to the Plan,
if appropriate, to address new developments that affect the risk to
right and other large whales in the South Atlantic from vertical lines
associated with commercial fishing gear.
Comments on Effective Date
Comment 54: One commenter recommended that NMFS provide an adequate
period prior to implementation of the final rule to allow for public
education and for industry to convert their gear to comply with the new
regulations. The commenter further noted that affected states might
need time to make changes to state trap/pot gear regulations to address
inconsistencies between state regulations and NMFS' proposed amendments
to the ALWTRP.
Response: NMFS agrees and considered input from state managers and
industry leaders to ensure that the date chosen for implementation is
practical and provides adequate time to comply with new requirements.
The rule will have a phased-in implementation. The rule will become
effective 60 days after publication in the Federal Register; however,
changes to gear marking and gear modification requirements in the
Southeast Restricted Area North are effective November 1, 2014, and
changes to gear marking and the minimum number of traps per trawl
requirements in the Northeast are effective June 1, 2015. The new
minimum trap per trawl measure requires increasing the number of traps
per vertical line which requires removal of equipment from the water
and reconfiguration of line and equipment. Additional time is needed
for fishermen to adapt to these changes. The changes in the Plan
require the reconfiguration of approximately 200,000 vertical lines at
an annual compliance cost of approximately $1.9 to $4.5 million. NMFS
finds that there is good cause for the phased-in implementation dates
to address the public's concerns to provide adequate time to implement
the requirements in a cost-effective manner and given that the impact
on conservation benefit to large whales from this phased-in
implementation will be minimal given the relatively short delay in
implementation. Specifically, the majority of the conservation measures
included in the final rule will become effective 60 days of
publication, including protective measures during calving season and a
closure starting January 1, 2015, and all current ALWTRP requirements,
including the sinking groundline requirement, remain in place during
the phased-in implementation of some of the new measures.
Comment 55: One commenter stated that there will be a significant
burden placed on industry to comply with the proposed measures and
requested that
[[Page 36596]]
NMFS provide adequate time for industry to convert their gear.
Response: NMFS is sensitive to the needs of industry to convert
gear to the required minimum number of traps/pots per trawl and
appropriate gear marking scheme. Typically NMFS provides 30 days for
industry to comply with new requirements. Based on public comment, NMFS
has agreed to provide additional time for fishermen to convert their
gear (please see response to Comment 54).
Comment 56: Numerous commenters requested that the implementation
date coincide with the trap/tag date of June 1, asserting that a mid-
season implementation date in the fall is not practical.
Response: NMFS agrees with the commenters and considered input from
state managers and industry leaders to ensure that the date chosen for
implementation is practical and provides adequate time to comply with
new requirements. NMFS will have a phased in approach to the new
requirements. Based on public comment, NMFS has agreed to provide
additional time for fishermen to convert their gear (please see
response to Comment 54 and 55).
Comments on Gear Marking
Comment 57: Numerous people commented that requiring one color code
for trap/pot lines deployed in state waters and another for Federal
waters as proposed for the SERA N would force commercial fishermen to
re-rig their gear because blue crab trap/pot gear is fished in state,
Federal, or state and Federal waters depending on blue crab
distribution. These commenters recommended a gear marking scheme that
would allow fishers to quickly alter color markings without incurring
the expense and labor of changing the entire line. One commenter
requested a 3-year phase-in period because old or wet lines will not
take paint or hold colored tape, so entirely new lines will have to be
purchased before the fishery could come into compliance with this
measure. However, the commenter supported the two-color marking
requirements to differentiate trap/pot gear fished in state vs. Federal
waters. There were also some commenters, including fishermen, who did
not object to the proposed gear marking scheme.
Response: The concern about different gear marking requirements
between Federal and state waters is restricted to the blue crab fishery
off Georgia and South Carolina. NMFS believes that the requirement for
trap/pot gear fished in Federal waters to return to port at the end of
a fishing trip will eliminate fishing for blue crab in Federal waters.
Consequently, NMFS does not believe that a gear marking scheme that
will enable trap/pot gear to be easily moved between Federal and state
waters is needed. Furthermore, the Team highlighted that gear marking
is an important conservation measure, specifically gear marking that
allows gear to be distinguished between areas.
NMFS appreciates the concern about old or wet lines not taking
paint or holding colored tape. Since we did not receive any comments
from trap pot fishermen regarding challenges with gear marking or the
need for a phase-in period, NMFS does not believe these actions are
necessary. See response to Comment 26.
Comment 58: Many commenters support gear marking but felt the
proposed gear marking falls short of managers' needs and a more refined
gear marking is necessary.
Response: Based on implementation considerations and technology
presently available, NMFS believes the final gear marking scheme is
appropriate. If more promising techniques become available in the
future, NMFS will discuss them with the Team.
Comment 59: Many commenters stated that marking in exempted waters
would be difficult and not feasible. Many fish both inside and outside
of the exemption area so they would need to remark their gear with a
different color scheme every time they fish in and out of the exempted
waters. This is not time or cost effective.
Response: NMFS has modified the final rule based on public comment
and will not require gear marking inside the exemption area (see
``Changes from the Proposed Rule'' section of the preamble).
Comment 60: Some commenters stated that if exempted waters were
required to be marked, then Maine and New Hampshire should have
different colors for their exempt waters and not be grouped together.
Response: See Response to Comment 59.
Comment 61: Some commenters stated that marking the line three
times was excessive and 1-mark mid-way down the line is adequate. The
commenters felt that making the current mark larger would be the
easiest approach but were unclear if this would really make a
difference.
Response: NMFS believes the current gear marking scheme that
requires only one 4-inch mark is inadequate. Frequently the line
recovered from entanglement events is unmarked. Of the 499 entanglement
events from 1997-2011, gear was only recovered in 170 cases. Of the 499
entanglement events, gear marking led to 51 (10%) cases where fishery,
location, and date were identified. NMFS believes requiring larger
marks more frequently will increase the amount of marked line recovered
during events and thus better inform future management decisions.
Comment 62: Some commenters questioned the need to mark in exempt
waters if the occurrence of whales in exempt waters is rare.
Response: See response to Comment 59.
Comment 63: Two commenters cited challenges with marking offshore
gear as the gear is always wet and infrequently brought back to shore.
The gear is also easily identified due to its size.
Response: NMFS acknowledges this challenge but points out that
offshore gear is currently required to be marked. The new gear marking
scheme would expand the size and frequency of the current gear marking
scheme.
Comment 64: A few commenters noted that fine scale marking in the
Gulf of Maine is justifiable and more unique color codes are necessary
than what is being proposed.
Response: See response to Comment 58.
Comment 65: Many commenters opposed increased gear marking in LMA1
(frequency, level, or size) stating that the gear marking only informs
where the gear was set and not where the entanglement occurred. These
commenters suggested that NMFS suspend increased gear marking
requirements until more definitive regional markings are available.
Response: See response to Comment 58.
Comment 66: A few commenters suggested that NMFS modify the
proposed gear marking to better understand the gear configuration in
the Gulf of Maine. The commenters suggested marking by trawl length.
Response: Various gear marking schemes were discussed by the Team
over the course of several meetings during the development of this
rule, including the idea suggested by the commenter. However, the Team
could not reach agreement on how to mark gear based on the gear's
configuration. NMFS also solicited gear marking ideas during its public
scoping meetings, which also did not yield any feasible alternatives.
Therefore, NMFS believes the final gear marking scheme is appropriate
based on the current technology that exists and public comments
received on feasibility of gear marking.
Comment 67: One commenter suggested adding a second color for
[[Page 36597]]
each LMA. The commenter also did not support the use of orange as color
for marking the Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot area as this is too similar
to the red color required in other waters.
Response: Based on implementation considerations and technology
presently available, NMFS believes the final gear marking scheme is
appropriate (see response to Comment 63). The current color mark for
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot area is orange. The final rule does not
change this color scheme.
Comment 68: One commenter suggested that rather than just three
marks per line that the number of marks be increased for those fishing
in deeper waters. The commenter also suggested marking groundlines.
Response: Based on the public comments received, NMFS believes that
three marks per line is adequate at this time. NMFS did not propose
marking groundlines through this rulemaking.
Comments on Weak Links/Vertical Line
Comment 69: Multiple commenters stated they already used weak links
and some used weak links with fewer hog rings than required (i.e.,
lower breaking strength). These commenters stated that they did not
have objections to the proposed weak link requirement. One commenter
requested test trials because he did not know how many hog rings
resulted in 200 lb (90.7 kg) breaking strength and he wanted to ensure
the feasibility of this requirement in the blue crab fishery. Another
commenter mentioned the importance of enforcing the existing weak link
requirements. Other commenters recommended that 200 lb (90.7 kg) weak
links be required throughout critical habitat or throughout SERA N.
Response: We agree that enforcement is important and we will ensure
that our Joint Enforcement Agreements with state agencies include
checking weak links on trap/pot gear.
We believe a three hog ring weak link configuration is feasible for
the Florida blue crab fishery. We conducted five trials to test the
breaking strength of a 3-hog ring, side-by-side configuration and each
time found the breaking strength to be less than 200 lbs (90.7 kg)
(NMFS unpub. data).
We are not requiring a uniform 200 lb (90.7 kg) weak link
throughout critical habitat or the SERA N for the same reasons a
vertical line with maximum breaking strength of 1,500 lbs (680 kg) is
not required (see response to Comment 70).
Comment 70: A number of commenters submitted the following comments
on the rope breaking strength requirement: (1) The 1,500 lb (680 kg)
vertical line breaking strength is the most risk-averse proposal and
should be adopted for the right whale calving area critical habitat or
the entire Southeast restricted area; (2) NMFS does not explain why the
Federal waters vertical line breaking strength requirements mirror
those of Georgia and South Carolina rather than the more appropriate
(and more conservative) Florida breaking strengths; and (3) NMFS
attempted to rationalize different rope breaking strengths in different
areas by stating that the lower breaking strength in Florida state
waters would protect ``neophyte'' calves; however, these same
``neophytes'' are born further to the north where rope breaking
strengths are far higher and thus, presumably create potentially
greater risk. On the other hand, some submitted comments in support of
lower breaking strengths for vertical lines and weak links in Florida
state waters versus those required for Georgia and South Carolina. They
commented that right whales off Georgia and South Carolina are
frequently found over 3 miles from the shoreline so there is less
overlap of whales with state water fisheries, whereas right whales in
northeast Florida frequently inhabit state waters.
Response: NMFS does not agree with the recommendation to require
1,500 lb (680 kg) vertical line breaking strength throughout critical
habitat or the entire Southeast restricted area. The rationale for
requiring different rope breaking strengths in different areas is based
on multiple considerations: (1) Right whale mother/calf pairs in the
Southeast most frequently occur in water depths of 10-20 m (~33-66 ft)
(Keller et al., 2012). Florida state waters are typically deeper than
10 m (~33 ft) closer to shore, whereas depths along the coasts of
Georgia or South Carolina are generally less than 10 meters (~33 ft).
Therefore, NMFS believes the probability of blue crab trap/pot gear
interactions with mother/calf pairs is higher in Florida state waters
than South Carolina or Georgia state waters; (2) many fishermen in
South Carolina and Georgia state waters report their trap/pot gear can
be partially buried in bottom sediment and therefore require stronger
vertical lines to avoid unintentionally breaking lines during
retrieval; and (3) offshore Federal waters are less protected and
typically exhibit harsher conditions that require vertical lines with
greater breaking strengths to reduce accidental gear loss and the
potential risk to right whales from derelict gear. Consequently, NMFS
capped the maximum vertical line breaking strength in federal waters at
2,200 lbs (998 kg) and included the additional requirement that all
trap/pot gear be brought back to shore at the end of each fishing trip.
NMFS believes these combined measures provide overall risk reduction
for right whales while taking into account their co-occurrence with
fishing gear, bathymetry, and characteristics of fishing practices in
offshore federal waters.
Comments on Gillnets
Comment 71: Many commenters felt that the impact from gillnet gear
should be included in the proposed vertical line reduction measures.
Response: Including gillnets in the proposed measures was analyzed
in the FEIS and rejected (See Chapter 3, Appendix 3-A of the FEIS).The
gear characterization information in the co-occurrence model shows that
99% of the vertical lines coastwide are from lobster trap/pot and other
trap/pot fisheries (Exhibit 3A-1). For this reason, NMFS and the Team
chose to focus this rule making on trap/pot gear only.
Comment 72: One commenter suggested that a prohibition on gillnets
be included in the Jeffreys Ledge trap/pot closure area.
Response: The final rule does not include the Jeffreys Ledge
closure (see the ``Changes from the Proposed Rule'' section of the
preamble and response to Comment 42).
Comment 73: One commenter suggested that the rule include a
prohibition on gillnets in all proposed closure areas as well as the
sliver management area with the current Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area.
Response: See response to Comment 71. In addition, the amount of
gillnet vertical lines removed as a result of the proposed closures is
minimal compared to the trap/pot gear vertical lines removed (Chapter 3
Exhibit 3A-2 of the FEIS). This result leads to a high economic impact
on individual gillnet vessels but low overall conservation impacts or
reduction in co-occurrence. Therefore, NMFS proposed the closures for
only trap/pot gear and not for gillnet gear.
Comments on Enforcement and Monitoring
Comment 74: Many commenters expressed their support for increased
effort and funding for enforcement to improve compliance.
Response: NMFS appreciates the support and acknowledges that
enforcement is essential to the success of the Plan's regulations.
Comment 75: One commenter stated that the status quo could be
improved by having mandatory training for
[[Page 36598]]
disentanglement by industry members. He stated that it didn't make
sense to wait hours for trained responders to arrive during a rescue
situation.
Response: NMFS has an Atlantic Large Whale Disentanglement Network
that provides training, equipment, and authorization for responders to
disentangle large whales. There are defined safety protocols and
established guidelines for training and designation of response levels
within the program. A five-level structure was established based upon
levels of training, with respect for the inherent danger of working
with various species of large whales. Only authorized persons may
disentangle large whales.
Comment 76: Multiple commenters stated that the rule does not
address data gaps for lobster fishing in Federal waters. They suggested
NMFS require Federal lobster permit holders to report landings, gear
configuration, and other relevant information.
Response: NMFS is aware that data gaps exist in certain fisheries.
The American lobster fishery is managed cooperatively by the Atlantic
states and NMFS under an FMP developed by the Atlantic States Marine
Fisheries Commission (Commission), which is a deliberative body of 15
Atlantic coastal states that coordinate the conservation and management
of Atlantic coastal fishery resources. Under the American Lobster FMP,
the states issue regulations for lobster fishing in state waters and
NMFS supports the FMP by implementing regulations for fishing in
federal waters. NMFS continues to work closely with the Commission to
develop uniform reporting where appropriate.
Comment 77: One commenter expressed his support for better
enforcement and monitoring of existing regulations before proposing
additional measures. He suggested there should be annual stock
assessments for large whale species and a more timely decision making
process that relies on real time information.
Response: NMFS and the Team have developed a comprehensive
monitoring strategy that evaluates industry compliance to the Plan's
requirements and the overall effectiveness of the Plan in achieving its
goals and objectives (see responses to Comments 6 and 8). NMFS
continues to work with the U.S. Coast Guard, NOAA Office of Law
Enforcement, and state partners through Joint Enforcement Agreements to
enforce NMFS' regulations. NMFS currently publishes SARs for large
whales on an annual basis because decision making processes that rely
on real time information are challenging; NMFS, in collaboration with
the Team, bases decisions on the best information available at that
time.
Comment 78: One commenter believes that the monitoring of the
impacts of the proposed changes is unclear. The commenter recommends
that funding for large whale scar analysis continue in order to
determine if scarring has increased or decreased and if the reduction
of vertical line has reduced the rate of interaction. Scarring analysis
could also help to monitor the trend in severity of the entanglements.
Response: Scarring analysis is included as a metric in the
monitoring strategy (see Response to Comment 8).
Comment 79: One commenter feels that NMFS must address the risk
associated with emerging fisheries.
Response: NMFS has a plan in place to deal with emerging fisheries
through its annual List of Fisheries. Fisheries are added to the Plan
once they are classified on the annual List of Fisheries as having
frequent or occasional interactions with right, humpback, or fin
whales. If an emerging fishery fits these criteria and is added to the
List of Fisheries, then that fishery would have to abide by all the
Plan's requirements including the proposed trawling up requirements.
Comment 80: One commenter stated that improved enforcement and
monitoring is needed and fisheries should be monitored on a day to day
basis. The commenter suggested increasing the frequency of observer
coverage or video surveillance as data collection leads to stricter
enforcement.
Response: NMFS agrees that enforcement and monitoring are essential
to the Plan's success. Sea-sampling observers collect large whale
sightings data, however, this is one of many data collection
responsibilities and the likelihood of observing an entanglement event
is rare.
Comment 81: One commenter feels that there should be mandated
reporting requirements for all states.
Response: See response to Comment 72. NMFS will continue to work
with state partners to improve reporting requirements to keep the
fishing effort data in its vertical line model current. If voluntary
reporting becomes an ineffective means to collect information, NMFS
will work with the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission on the
prospect of mandatory reporting.
Comment 82: One commenter encouraged NMFS to produce more robust
annual monitoring reports. The commenter also requested a full five
year report be completed before the final rule assessing the sinking
groundline rule since it has been in place for five years.
Response: See responses to Comments 6 and 8. NMFS will assess its
annual monitoring reports to ensure that the most useful information is
included.
Comment 83: One commenter recommended a requirement that all trap/
pot fishermen permitted to fish in federal waters record and submit
data on the location, number, and length of time that endlines are
deployed and that NMFS should describe in the FEIS precisely what data
on endlines (e.g., number, location, and length) NMFS expects state
fishery agencies to provide to evaluate compliance and rule
effectiveness.
Response: NMFS did not implement reporting in this rule-making
because NMFS did not seek comment on this measure in the proposed rule.
Although such reporting is outside the scope of this rulemaking, NMFS
will consult the Team and may consider a reporting requirement in
future rulemaking.
Comments on the Shipping Industry and/or Ship Strikes
Comment 84: One commenter stated that he thought whales got hit by
boats and then entangled in the line so the shipping industry should be
held accountable.
Response: The Recovery Plan for the North Atlantic Right Whale
(National Marine Fisheries Service 2005) identifies vessel interactions
and interactions with commercial fishing operations as the two primary
sources of anthropogenic activities that result in right whale death or
serious injury. Although the scenario suggested by the commenter is
plausible, NMFS addresses vessel interactions and interactions with
commercial fishing operations separately. Ship strikes are evaluated
through a separate action in support of the implementation of the North
Atlantic right whale ship strike strategy. The ship strike reduction
rule, first implemented in 2008, implements regulatory measures that
reduce the risk of ship strike to right whales, such as speed
restrictions and vessel routing measures. The rule is one component of
a suite of NMFS' comprehensive right whale ship strike reduction
measures, which also includes education and outreach to commercial and
recreational mariners, research on technologies that may help mariners
avoid whales, a comprehensive program of sighting advisories to
mariners, section 7 consultations to address Federal vessel activities,
and the development of a Conservation Agreement with Canada on a ship
strike strategy. This final rule addresses the risks to right whales
from interactions with commercial fishing operations by reducing the
risk of death
[[Page 36599]]
or serious injury when large whales encounter vertical lines from
commercial trap/pot gear.
Comment 85: One commenter stated that the ship speed rule should be
permanent.
Response: NMFS concurs. On December 9, 2013 NMFS published a final
rule (78 FR 73726) that eliminated the expiration date of the ship
strike reduction rule. The regulation is now permanent.
Comment 86: One commenter stressed the need to address the impact
of ship strikes.
Response: See response to Comment 84.
Comments on the Number of Traps per Trawl
Comment 87: Several commenters were concerned that increasing the
number of traps per trawl would create safety issues for smaller
fishing operations. These commenters stated that there would be
stability issues and the potential for capsizing due to the
distribution of weight of the additional rope and traps on board.
Response: Because vertical lines pose a risk to whales regardless
of vessel size, NMFS requires both small and large vessels to increase
the number of traps per trawl to reduce the number of vertical lines in
the water column. However, NMFS is aware of these safety concerns for
smaller vessels. To address impacts to smaller vessels, state managers
and industry representatives on the Team proposed utilizing a smaller
minimum number of trap/pots per trawl. Those smaller limits in inshore
state water areas are contained in this final rule. Also, based on
public comment NMFS modified the final rule to allow for a minimum of
two traps per trawl in some areas that previously would have required
three traps per trawl. NMFS also established a \1/4\ mile buffer around
three inhabited Maine islands to allow those small vessels to continue
to fish single trap/pots. NMFS believes that these modifications
address the small vessel safety concerns while still meeting the
conservation goals of the MMPA and ESA.
Comment 88: Several commenters disagreed with the changes to the
inshore fishery to require pairs or triples and no longer allow
singles. They stated that they fish around shallow bays and rugged
bottoms so fishing with anything more than a single would create gear
loss or damage. They suggested a near shore exemption for singles.
Response: The final rule does not include a near shore exemption
for singles. See response to Comment 87.
Comment 89: One commenter stated that it appeared that concessions
were made to minimize the hardships in meeting the plan's goal and LMA
2 lobstermen are disproportionally affected by the proposal. The
commenter stated that Downeast Maine lobstermen were allowed to fish
doubles but those in LMA 2 would be required to go up to three traps
per trawl in state waters even though there are probably 30-50% fewer
vertical lines in LMA 2 today than in the past due to the lobster stock
collapse.
Response: NMFS modified the final rule based on public comment. All
those fishing in state waters of LMA 2 will be allowed to fish doubles
rather than the previously proposed three traps per trawl.
Comment 90: Several commenters stated that trawls would increase
gear conflict and thus ghost gear.
Response: NMFS evaluated the effects of trawls on gear loss in
Chapter 6 of the FEIS. Overall, the effect of trawling on gear loss is
unclear. While data from a Maine trawling project completed in 2012
suggest some potential for increased gear loss during fishermen's
transition to trawls, the more extensive data from the Massachusetts
ghost gear survey completed in 2011 suggest that trawls are less
subject to gear loss in steady-state conditions. Gear loss is likely a
function of numerous variables that extend well beyond the trawl
configuration, including bottom structure, shipping traffic, gear
density, gear conflicts, tides, currents, and weather events. The net
effect of trawling in the context of all these variables is difficult
to characterize or quantify. NMFS will continue to monitor this issue
and consider future rulemaking if warranted.
Comment 91: One commenter stated that it was more profitable and
safer to fish singles than trawls.
Response: Analysis of the impact to catch as a result of trawling
is discussed in Chapter 6 of the FEIS. Data to support a quantitative
analysis of trawling effects on catch are extremely limited. Because
multiple factors influence catch rates (gear configuration, gear
density, the abundance of the target species, bottom structure, soak
time, individual skill, etc.), it is difficult to isolate the effect of
trawl configuration on catch. Research has demonstrated that the
optimal spacing of lobster traps depends upon the abundance of lobster
in an area; the greater the density of lobster, the greater the density
of traps that can be fished without an adverse impact on catch per trap
(Schreiber, 2010). In Massachusetts waters, where lobster appear to be
less dense than Maine waters, there is a possibility that changing gear
configurations may impact catch. These impacts may diminish over time,
as fishermen adapt to new gear configurations and learn to fish longer
trawls more efficiently. NMFS believes that the minimum number of traps
per trawl required and exceptions made to this requirement adequately
address the safety concerns association with fishing trawls while still
providing a viable economic return to fishermen.
Comment 92: A few commenters questioned the proposal to increase
the number of traps per trawl and stated their opinion that a whale
would be more likely to survive a single pot entanglement than an
entanglement in a trawl.
Response: NMFS believes that a single line of high breaking
strength with one or multiple traps can be deadly. Past experiences
show that just a simple loop can kill a whale. Also, fewer vertical
lines create a lower entanglement risk to whales.
Comment 93: Many commenters supported the proposed number of traps
per trawl, particularly the proposed increase outside state waters.
Response: NMFS appreciates the support.
Comment 94: Several commenters mentioned the danger of fishing with
trawls in the Outer Cape citing issues related to storms, traffic, and
tides unique to the Outer Cape.
Response: NMFS is sensitive to these concerns and the uniqueness of
the Outer Cape. The final rule will require those fishing on the Outer
Cape to fish a minimum of two traps per trawl as opposed to larger
trawls required elsewhere.
Comment 95: A few commenters stated that many in the Outer Cape and
Cape Cod Bay use singles and wondered if there were confirmed
interactions with singles in these areas. If there are not then why
penalize fishermen?
Response: It is uncertain how many interactions there have been
with Outer Cape and Cape Cod Bay gear. Because most large whale
entanglements (particularly those involving right whales) tend to be
free swimming entanglements when detected and the gear recovered from
these entanglements do not provide adequate information to determine
where an entanglement occurred, entanglements from specific fisheries
and areas are rarely documented. After the implementation of the broad
based prohibition on floating groundline in 2009, 54 new whale
entanglements were reported: 21 in 2010 (5 right and 16 humpback), and
33 in 2011 (11 right, 21
[[Page 36600]]
humpback, and 1 fin). The entangling gear was either retrieved or
identified in only 15 of these incidents. NMFS must take action to
ensure the goals of the MMPA and ESA are met.
Comment 96: Two commenters stated that mandating one buoy line on
trawls per five traps or less would cause a safety issue and the
potential for gear loss and gear conflict. It is a common problem for
boat traffic or gear conflict to cause the temporary or permanent loss
of a buoy, connected to a vertical line, identifying a trawl. Without
the option to haul that trawl from a second vertical line there is a
potential for increased ghost gear.
Response: The regulations currently require one buoy line on trawls
having less than or equal to five traps. The final rule would not
change this requirement.
Comment 97: One commenter had concerns with the trawling up
strategy, stating that those fishing in Federal waters are already
fishing trawls with the minimum number proposed so there would be no
reduction in vertical lines.
Response: NMFS disagrees with this comment. The model used current
data to estimate vertical lines based on current fishing practices and
estimated the reduction in vertical lines that would result from
compliance with the new requirements. This demonstrates that there
would be a reduction in vertical lines.
Comment 98: Two commenters felt that NMFS should set vertical line
reduction limits and work with the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries
Commission and Fishery Management Councils to reach those targets. One
commenter felt that gillnet and other trap/pot fisheries should be
included in this process as well.
Response: The MMPA provides the authority to address marine mammal
bycatch; NMFS is responsible for implementing the MMPA. Both the ASMFC
and FMCs provide input to NMFS through their representatives on the
Team. Also, see responses to Comments 12 and 47.
Comment 99: Numerous commenters voiced safety concerns associated
with trawling up in waters surrounding Maine's many islands. The bottom
is rocky and shallow in this area and many small boats fish these
waters. The waters are generally less than 30 fathoms deep and unlikely
to increase co-occurrence risk; some suggested a \1/4\ mile exemption
around islands from the proposal to increase the number of traps per
trawl. One commenter suggested limiting the trawl minimums on a
seasonal basis for areas around islands which are considered state
waters but that are found outside the 3-mile line.
Response: See response to Comment 87. The final rule includes a \1/
4\ mile exemption around three inhabited islands in Maine. Those
fishing in these waters will have no minimum number of traps per trawl
requirement; however, all other requirements would remain in place.
Comment 100: A few commenters commented that the four pocket waters
in Maine should maintain their current practices of fishing pairs
rather than increasing to triples. These pocket waters are described in
Federal law (50 CFR 697.24). Maintaining current practice in these
waters is operationally practical for both industry and enforcement.
One commenter also notes that the co-occurrence score near the pocket
waters exceeds one in only one month at the head of one pocket water
with the majority of this score located outside of the pocket water
boundary.
Response: NMFS modified the final rule based on public comment to
include the definition of pocket waters. The rule defines the
geographic location of pocket waters and applies the same gear
requirements for traps per trawl as in state waters, and as such, those
fishing in that area can maintain the current practice of fishing pairs
rather than increasing to triples.
Comment 101: Two commenters commented on Rhode Island's single pot
fishery. They stated that three-pot trawls are not an option for small
boats for safety reasons. They also mentioned that there is no known
serious injury/mortality in Rhode Island state waters and the area has
a low co-occurrence score and as such should be exempted.
Response: NMFS modified the final rule based on public comment. The
minimum number of traps per trawl required in Rhode Island state waters
will be two instead of the three pot trawls originally proposed.
Comment 102: One commenter requested NMFS to decrease the minimum
number of traps per trawl in LMA 2 (12+) from 20 to 15.
Response: The Preferred Alternative in the proposed rule proposed
15 as a minimum number of traps per trawl in LMA 2 (12+). The Preferred
Alternative in the final rule includes this as well.
Comment 103: One commenter stated that there are indicators that
suggest rope is too strong for whales to break free and a serious
entanglement and/or injury could occur.
Response: The final rule includes numerous measures to reduce the
likelihood that a serious entanglement will occur. The rule requires a
weaker breaking strength of rope in the Southeast where the potential
for calves to get entangled is higher. The rule also defines a maximum
breaking strength of weak links in the Southeast. Weak links are
designed to reduce the breaking strength of traditional gear and have
been in the Plan since its inception. Also, the final rule will lead to
less vertical lines in the water which will make an encounter less
likely.
Comment 104: One commenter feels that it is problematic to ban
singles in areas where recreational fishing occurs and this creates a
double standard.
Response: The regulations implementing the Plan are governed by
Section 118 of the MMPA, which requires take reduction teams to assist
NMFS in the development of take reduction plans that address serious
injuries and mortalities of marine mammals that interact with
commercial fishing operations. Therefore, the proposed measures apply
to commercial fishing only. However, recreational fishermen who take
marine mammals are in violation of the MMPA prohibition against taking
marine mammals. However, states may choose to regulate recreational
fisheries within their state jurisdictions.
Comment 105: One commenter asserted that it was counterintuitive
that there would be a ban on singles proposed in the Northeast but a
proposal to require singles in the Southeast. The commenter questioned
the lack of consistency between regions.
Response: The proposed measures differ between the Northeast and
Southeast region, as well as from state to state, to account for
variance in fisheries, right whale habitat use, right whale life
history stage, and environmental features. The core right whale calving
area located within the Southeast is of particular conservation concern
due to the presence of neophyte calves and reproducing females. Singles
are required in this area because calves may be able to break free of
an entanglement in lighter single trap gear configuration than from a
heavier multiple trap trawl gear configuration. Also, in an effort to
reduce damage to sensitive habitats, single traps/pots are preferable
in the Southeast. The Southeast U.S. has many coastal habitats that
include live bottom and corals; in particular, there are ample amounts
of live bottom off the coast of Northeast Florida. Traps set in
multiple trap trawls can damage live bottom more than single traps.
Groundlines may drag across the bottom, potentially shearing off living
organisms most important in providing topographic complexity (Barnette,
2001). Furthermore, the area swept by the groundline is orders of
magnitude greater than the cumulative area of the
[[Page 36601]]
traps themselves (Barnette, 2001). It is estimated that hauling in a
single trap results in 30% more damage to the substrate than setting
the trap itself (Appledorn et al., 2000); thus, hauling in multiple
traps would increase the extent of the habitat damage more than hauling
a single pot.
Comment 106: One commenter stated that a number of fishermen can't
fish the minimum number traps/trawl proposed for the 12 mile line in
Maine. The commenter suggested proposing a `safe trawl equivalency.'
Fishermen could fish in areas traditionally fished with a number of
traps they feel is safe. This would be no less than 10 traps/trawl but
they would have to apply for this equivalency and explain why they are
not able to fish the standard limit.
Response: NMFS appreciates the suggestion. NMFS developed the
minimum number of traps per trawl with input from multiple stakeholder
groups. NMFS believes that the minimum number of traps per trawl in the
final rule is adequate, and addresses the safety concerns of industry
while meeting the MMPA and ESA goals.
Comment 107: One commenter suggested that the rule include a
recommendation to maximize the number of traps per trawl as a voluntary
measure similar to the current recommendation that ropes should be as
knotless as possible.
Response: NMFS appreciates this suggestion and will add the
suggestion to maximize the number of traps per trawl in northeastern
waters to outreach materials similar to what is done with the knotless
rope recommendation.
Comment 108: Numerous commenters supported the proposed increase in
traps per trawl including adopting the proposed 6-mile line in Maine.
Response: NMFS appreciates the support for this measure in the
final rule.
Comment 109: One commenter supported the proposed trawl minimums
but stated without a defined target for reduction the trawl minimums
are unlikely to achieve the required impact without the use of
closures.
Response: NMFS appreciates the support for the trawl minimums and
agrees that both the trawl minimums and closures combined will achieve
the best reduction in co-occurrence. The final rule includes both trawl
minimums and a seasonal closure. Regarding the use of a defined target
for reduction, please see the response to Comments 12 and 47.
Comments on Trap Reduction/Existing Measures
Comment 110: A few commenters noted that LMA 2 has undergone trap
reductions and the impact of these trap reductions should be accounted
for when considering vertical line reductions.
Response: The measures developed are based on a vertical line model
that allowed us to target conservation measures in areas that have the
highest overlap of large whale sightings per unit effort with vertical
lines associated with commercial trap/pot and gillnet fishing. The
model accounts for the way the fishing industry deployed its gear in
the past, which reflect the requirements when the proposed measures
were developed. NMFS acknowledges that effort reduction has taken
place; however, a reduction in traps does not necessarily equate to a
reduction in the number of vertical lines in the water column. During
the comment period, NMFS requested comments on how best to quantify
potential future trap reductions or increases with respect to how many
vertical lines could be reduced or increased. NMFS did not receive any
substantive comments addressing this issue. NMFS realizes that
potential effort reductions or increases in the future could reduce or
increase the number of vertical lines in the water column. NMFS, in
consultation with the Team, has developed a monitoring strategy to
evaluate industry compliance with the Plan and the effectiveness of the
Plan in achieving the plan's goals and objectives. For more information
on the monitoring strategy, please see the response to Comment 8.
Comment 111: One commenter requested that NMFS anticipate the
implementation of Addendum XVII to the American Lobster FMP intended to
reduce the number of LMA 2 traps to greater than 50% in six years
through active and passive reductions. He stated that 50% reduction in
traps may not equate to the same vertical line reduction but it's
anticipated the vertical line goal could be met by trap reductions and
there should be an attempt to quantify potential line reduction from
effort control.
Response: See response to Comment 110.
Comment 112: A few commenters noted that trap reductions occur when
permits are transferred and thus the numbers of vertical lines are
reduced. There has also been a reduction of traps because of the
general reduction of fishermen.
Response: See response to Comment 110.
Comment 113: A few commenters suggested that many fishermen are
fishing below their allotment of trap/pot gear on their permit and
flexibility should be allowed. They stated that NMFS can reduce the
number of vertical lines by allowing fishermen the option of either
trawling up or fishing below their allotment of traps with less number
of trawls.
Response: NMFS and the Team discussed this issue at several of its
Team meetings during the development of this rule. Similar to the
response to Comment 105, NMFS and the Team could not quantify how
fishing below ones trap/pot allocations equates to a reduction in the
number of vertical lines in the water column.
Comment 114: One commenter stated that LMA3 traps have been reduced
by over 30% and will continue to be reduced by another 25% through
active reduction. The passive reductions will result in 10% of
transferred traps being retired.
Response: See response to Comment 110.
Comment 115: Some commenters stated that many of the goals of the
ALWTRP are currently being achieved through the South Atlantic Fishery
Management Council Snapper-Grouper Fishery Management Plan since it
limits the number of endorsements, requires pot tending, requires that
pots return to shore at the end of the fishing trip, and limits
fishermen to a 1000 lb (453.6 kg) trip limit.
Response: In the proposed rule, we acknowledged changes within the
commercial black sea bass trap/pot fishery have reduced risk to large
whales. The most important and effective risk reduction measure is that
South Atlantic black sea bass fishing season has not co-occurred with
the right whale season since January 2010 (i.e., no temporal or spatial
overlap between commercial black sea bass trap/pot gear and right
whales). However, there are other trap/pot fisheries active within the
SERA N during the right whale calving season that NMFS must consider.
Comments on Research
Comment 116: Many commenters expressed their support for increased
funding for research and disentanglement.
Response: NMFS appreciates the support for funding for both
research and disentanglement efforts.
Comment 117: One commenter commented that NMFS should continue to
research and develop alternative
[[Page 36602]]
fishing gear as a way to mitigate the effect of a potential increase in
effort outside the closure areas. The commenter encouraged the
development of ropeless fishing or reduced breaking strength of
vertical lines.
Response: NMFS agrees that gear research is an important component
of the Plan. NMFS funded two studies to look at the feasibility of
ropeless fishing by using grapples/hooks to haul gear. There were a
number of complications with this fishing method that made it
infeasible from an economic and safety standpoint. At this time,
ropeless fishing is not a feasible option. NMFS encourages the fishing
industry, state partners, and others to work collaboratively with the
agency to continue to develop new ideas and techniques that will reduce
entanglement risk. NMFS is committed to gear research and development
and, as funding allows, will continue to develop reliable and safe gear
modifications.
Comments on Economic and Social Impacts (of the Plan)
Comment 118: Two commenters stated that the data used for the
offshore fishery (LMA 3) in the socio-economic analysis is flawed and
is not an accurate depiction of the fishery.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that the characterization of the
offshore lobster fishery, like the characterization of other fisheries,
is subject to the limitations of available data. The EIS attempts to
address these limitations, where possible, by drawing on data from
multiple sources. In the case of the offshore lobster fishery, for
example, estimates of the impact of trawling requirements on revenues
are based in part on catch-per-trap estimates from a 2005 survey
conducted by the Gulf of Maine Research Institute, and in part on data
reported in the 2009 Lobster Stock Assessment, focusing on Georges Bank
as an indicator of offshore catch rates (see Exhibit 6-4). These and
the other sources upon which the EIS relies constitute the best
available information on the economic characteristics of the offshore
lobster fishery.
Comment 119: One commenter disagreed that, with lower landings,
less consumer surplus will lead to a greater boat price for fishermen
to help offset the cost or loss in revenue from these proposed
regulations. The commenter did not believe this would occur, and
instead thought that the U.S. imports Canadian lobsters with no import/
export quota restriction; meaning when these proposed closures result
in lower landings from Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts, the U.S.
businesses depending on this product will increase their imports from
Canada before an increase in boat price will trickle down through
dealers to harvesters. This may result in a higher Canadian price
first, possibly a higher U.S. price later but nothing that will
substitute for the projected 40-66% loss in average annual gross
revenue.
Response: As the EIS indicates, the dynamics of the lobster market
are complex. The potential moderating effect of imports from Canada on
any increase in U.S. prices adds to this complexity. In light of these
considerations--as well as the relatively modest impact the
alternatives would likely have on U.S. landings--the analysis does not
attempt to adjust the estimate of economic impacts on U.S. lobstermen
to account for a potential increase in ex-vessel prices. It simply
notes the possibility that a reduction in catch could lead to an
increase in prices. It does not suggest that any such increase would be
sufficient to offset the impact of a closure, either on the vessels
displaced by the closure or on the industry as a whole.
Comment 120: One commenter commented that the loss in revenue as a
result of closures will be more than predicted, stating that the cost
is severely underestimated and that the cost per unit of co-occurrence
reduction is much larger.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the difficulty of predicting the impact
of seasonal area closures on affected vessels. The EIS evaluates an
upper and a lower bound scenario in an attempt to characterize the
potential range of effects. In the upper bound scenario, the analysis
assumes that vessels whose effort is displaced by the closure will not
relocate that effort to other areas; hence, all revenue (net of
operating cost savings) associated with this effort is assumed to be
lost. NMFS believes this approach provides a conservative but
reasonable high-end estimate of the potential economic impacts of a
closure.
The commenter also notes the relatively high cost of closures,
compared to minimum trawl-length requirements, in achieving a reduction
in co-occurrence scores. The summary of the impact analysis (see
Chapter 8) explicitly addresses this issue.
Clarification Requests for the FEIS
Comment 121: One commenter commented that the change in number of
vertical lines and co-occurrence is not partitioned out by state versus
Federal and, as such, it is difficult to evaluate the proposed rule.
Response: NMFS has attempted to present the results of the analysis
in a manner that clearly communicates the key impacts of the
alternatives under consideration. While presentation of some findings
at a higher degree of geographic resolution is theoretically possible,
developing this information would require a substantial investment of
analytic resources. NMFS has evaluated the effectiveness of each
alternative in reducing co-occurrence scores in all waters subject to
the requirements of the Plan, and believes it is appropriate to report
the impacts of each alternative at that level.
Comment 122: One commenter requested that the discussion of weak
links be expanded to include evidence that weak links have prevented
entanglements, reduced the likelihood that an entangled whale would be
seriously injured or die, have failed to prevent entanglements, or may
be counterproductive in helping whales shed gear.
Response: Additional information was added to the FEIS to address
this comment.
Comment 123: One commenter requested that the FEIS identify the
steps NMFS will take to ensure enforcement of the new trawling up
requirements.
Response: See response to Comment 122.
Comment 124: One commenter requested that the analysis be revised
to identify criteria being used to determine when the economic costs of
closures outweigh the conservation benefit to large whales.
Response: As the EIS notes, NMFS' evaluation of regulatory
alternatives is guided by the requirements of the MMPA, the ESA, and
the National Environmental Policy Act, as well as the requirements of
other Federal laws like the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as amended by
the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act) and executive
orders such as Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review.
None of these statutes or executive orders establishes explicit
criteria for determining when the economic costs of a regulatory
measure outweigh its benefits when--as is the case here--costs and
benefits cannot be fully quantified and measured. In such cases,
identification of a preferred alternative requires an assessment of all
information available, including information on the potential impacts
of management measures that cannot be quantified. The preferred
alternative that NMFS has identified was developed on the basis of such
an assessment.
Comment 125: One commenter requested that the FEIS provide data on
[[Page 36603]]
recent levels of fishing effort and economic impacts for proposed
closures. Those data should include the number of affected fishermen,
amount of gear set, and volume and net revenues of ex-vessel landings.
Response: Chapter 6 of the EIS provides the requested parameters in
a series of exhibits (Exhibits 6-17, 6-22, and 6-24). For each closure,
these exhibits show the number of affected vessels, the average number
of traps per affected vessel, and the revenue lost per trap fished. As
explained earlier in the chapter, the lost revenue figures incorporate
assumptions regarding the total landings per trap (in pounds) during
the closure period.
Exhibit 6-25 presents a concise summary of the commercial fishing
activity each closure would be likely to affect. Exhibit 6-28 presents
estimates of the costs associated with each closure.
Comment 126: One commenter requested that the FEIS include a
discussion of the full range of Team and peer reviewer comments on the
limitations of the model.
Response: As the EIS notes, documentation for the Vertical Line
Model, including a detailed discussion of the model's limitations, is
available online at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/protected/whaletrp/eis2013/. The peer review of an earlier draft of the model's
documentation is available at the same Web site.
A summary of each of the 16 public hearings held in 2013 to solicit
comments on the DEIS is available online at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/protected/whaletrp/vlr2013/. These summaries include comments
made on the limitations of the Vertical Line Model, as well as other
aspects of the DEIS.
Written comments on the DEIS are publicly available as part of the
regulatory docket for this rulemaking. Volume II of the FEIS provides a
summary of these comments, along with NMFS' responses. This includes
comments submitted by members of the Atlantic Large Whale Take
Reduction Team, as well as comments submitted by others, concerning the
limitations of the Vertical Line Model.
Comment 127: One commenter stated that there is no part of LMA3
that is within the 3-12 mile zone so this should be corrected in the
traps per trawl proposals.
Response: This correction has been made.
Comment 128: One commenter requested that the FEIS include a more
thorough explanation and discussion on the following: impacts to sea
turtles, rationale for continuing to exempt portions of Maine waters,
recent fishery management actions, ocean noise, offshore energy
development, and impacts and risks of chronic entanglements.
Response: The FEIS was updated to include a more thorough
explanation.
Comment 129: One commenter commented that NMFS did not provide a
sufficient variety of alternatives in the DEIS. The commenter suggested
additional alternatives including reducing co-occurrence by 50%,
mandating reductions in the amount of gear that can be used and season
it is fished, and addressing gillnets.
Response: The Council on Environmental Quality guidance states that
when there is a potentially large number of alternatives exist only a
reasonable number of examples, covering a spectrum of alternatives,
must be analyzed and compared in the EIS. NMFS believes that the number
of alternatives (seven) analyzed in the EIS was adequate. The
alternatives analyzed were a combination of stakeholder proposals
developed by the Team during the course of several meetings and the
result of input received during the 15 public scoping meetings.
Comment 130: One commenter requested that the FEIS include adjusted
co-occurrence scores for the mid-Atlantic as was done for the Northeast
to account for areas with minimal to no survey effort.
Response: NMFS considered expanding the analysis presented in
Appendix 5-B of the EIS to include the mid-Atlantic, but concluded that
to do so would be overly speculative, given the relative dearth of both
survey effort and opportunistic sightings data in the region for much
of year. Rather than suggest a greater understanding of the potential
for co-occurrence in the mid-Atlantic than the data warrant, NMFS chose
to limit the analysis to the Northeast, where the effort to fill gaps
in the effort-corrected sightings data would be better informed by
opportunistic data on the presence of whales. Note too that the primary
purpose of the analysis presented in Appendix 5-B is to examine how the
use of adjusted sightings data would influence NMFS' assessment of the
impact of the vertical line management measures under consideration.
With the exception of gear marking, none of these measures apply to
mid-Atlantic waters. Thus, while development of adjusted sightings
scores for the mid-Atlantic would alter the estimates of absolute
impacts on co-occurrence, it would have no effect on the relative
ranking of alternatives with respect to this measure.
Comments on the Co-Occurrence Model
Comment 131: One commenter stated that the projections of risk
reduction from a model are not accurate and don't work in the real
world.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the uncertainties inherent in any
attempt to model complex interrelationships, such as that between
commercial fishing activity and entanglement risk. Through its research
programs, NMFS has invested considerable resources in improving our
understanding of these issues. While uncertainties remain, NMFS
believes that the co-occurrence model makes appropriate use of the
information available to help guide development and assessment of
alternative management measures. As better information is developed,
NMFS will incorporate it into the analytic tools it employs to inform
the further development of the Plan.
Comment 132: A few commenters commented that there is a lack of
statistical conclusion in the model citing the comments of one of the
peer reviewers that ``this version of model is not ready to be used in
a management application until its performance has been validated or
compared with other approaches''.
Response: The data the Vertical Line Model employs were derived
from a variety of sources, including fishing reports, surveys, and
expert judgment, not all of which are amenable to statistical analysis;
thus, it is not possible to generate statistical confidence intervals
that characterize the uncertainty in the model's output. In addition,
the availability of data to validate the model is limited. When such
information is available--as was the case with data on vertical line
use in Massachusetts--NMFS has employed it to refine the model. NMFS
has also shared information with other researchers who are attempting
to model various indicators of entanglement risk, and has invited them
to share information on their approaches with the Team. To NMFS'
knowledge, however, these models have yet to be completed. Until they
are more fully developed, attempts to validate the Vertical Line Model
through comparisons with these models would be premature. NMFS will
consider the recommendation to make such comparisons in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 133: One commenter stated that the data used in the model
is not sufficient for the intended purpose and
[[Page 36604]]
stated that the use of Right Whale Consortium data only for all whale
species was not appropriate. Inclusion of data outside this database
would provide a more balanced and complete picture.
Response: NMFS incorporated the Right Whale Consortium data into
the Vertical Line Model at the recommendation of the Team. Members of
the team have also expressed interest in expanding the data the model
considers to include information on the presence or distribution of
whales from other sources, such as acoustic monitoring systems. NMFS
recognizes the potential value of this information, but notes that
incorporation of data from these sources raises issues of comparability
and consistency that it has yet to investigate and resolve. Addressing
these issues and incorporating the data into the model would delay
action on modification of the Plan, which would be inconsistent with
the timeline for action to which NMFS has committed. NMFS believes that
the information the model incorporates at this time is sufficient to
guide development and assessment of alternative management measures.
NMFS will consider the recommendation to incorporate additional data in
future model development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 134: One commenter suggested that after a final rule has
been adopted, NMFS should revise the current model or develop a new one
more suitable to estimate the extent to which co-occurrence between
whales and gear would be reduced, and the uncertainty of this estimate.
Response: NMFS will consider this recommendation in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 135: One commenter requested that a study be completed to
validate the model against results of an alternative co-occurrence
model at least for LMA 1. Based on those results the model should be
modified and co-occurrence estimates recalculated.
Response: As noted above, NMFS will consider this recommendation in
future model development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 136: One commenter stated that the model is not an accurate
method to detect whales as it only relies on visual sightings. It's
possible that other important areas exist and alternate technology to
detect high risk areas needs to be included in the model.
Response: The sightings dataset upon which the model relies was
incorporated into the model at the recommendation of the Team. Members
of the team have also expressed interest in expanding the data the
model considers to include information on the presence or distribution
of whales from other sources, such as acoustic monitoring systems. Also
see response to Comment 133.
Comment 137: A few commenters had concerns regarding the adequacy
of the model and commented that NMFS should discuss the model's
limitations and how they affect model output.
Response: The documentation for the Vertical Line Model, including
a discussion of the model's limitations, is available online at https://www.nero.noaa.gov/protected/whaletrp/eis2013/. The peer
review of an earlier draft of the model's documentation is available at
the same site. See also response to Comment 126.
Comment 138: A few commenters commented that additional data and
approaches should be used to strengthen the accuracy of the model. The
commenters stated that the model was based on outdated data and had
concerns about averaging fishing effort across large areas as well as
the failure to include opportunistic, acoustic, and telemetry data on
whale distribution.
Response: As noted above, NMFS will consider these recommendations
in future model development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 139: A few commenters commented that the model fails to
provide adequate information regarding uncertainty. The commenters
suggested that NMFS provide a qualitative score that ranks the quality
of data that was input into each analysis cell.
Response: NMFS will consider this recommendation in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts. NMFS notes, however,
that the model's documentation already includes a detailed description
of the fishing effort data upon which the model relies, along with
detailed discussions of the limitations of the data. Similarly, the
documentation discusses the limitations of the whale sightings data and
presents a detailed analysis showing the effect of adjusting for key
data gaps and uncertainties. NMFS believes that this information
provides a more than adequate description of the limitations of the
model.
Comment 140: A few commenters commented that the model appears
sensitive to the presence of whales but a basic examination of the
sensitivity of the model to all inputs would be helpful. NMFS needs to
evaluate uncertainty even if the evaluation is qualitative in nature.
Response: NMFS will consider this recommendation in future model
development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
Comment 141: A few commenters commented that the model should
include all data on distribution of whales, that NMFS should ask states
for data on fishing activity and investigate the possibility of
modeling activity in relation to physical parameters and environmental
conditions to address data gaps. The commenters also suggested
investigating alternative models that calculate risk.
Response: As noted above, the whale sightings dataset upon which
the model relies was incorporated into the model at the recommendation
of the Team. Members of the team have also expressed interest in
expanding the data the model considers to include information on the
presence or distribution of whales from other sources, and to include
information on physical parameters (e.g., depth) or environmental
conditions (e.g., the presence of prey species) that may identify areas
that whales are likely to frequent. NMFS recognizes the potential value
of this information and will consider this recommendation in future
model development, analysis, and rulemaking efforts.
NMFS has collaborated closely with state fisheries managers to
obtain all available data on fishing activity (and other parameters)
for use in the Vertical Line Model. Similarly, NMFS has shared
information with other researchers who are attempting to model various
indicators of entanglement risk, and has invited them to share
information on their approaches with the Team. NMFS will continue to
work collaboratively with these groups to ensure that development of
the Plan takes appropriate advantage of the information and insights
they can provide.
Changes From the Proposed Rule
NMFS changed the preferred alternative from the one identified in
the proposed rule published on July 16, 2013 (78 FR 42654). That
alternative was then modified slightly based on public comments
received during the comment period. The preferred alternative is the
most cost-effective of the alternatives when comparing co-occurrence
reduction to cost of compliance. The measures proposed in the final
rule would achieve nearly as great a reduction in co-occurrence as what
was presented in the proposed rule at approximately 57 to 70 percent of
the estimated cost. The modifications are within the range of
previously
[[Page 36605]]
analyzed effects and do not constitute a substantial change from the
DEIS. The modifications continue to increase the likelihood of meeting
the requirements and goals of MMPA section 118 to reduce serious injury
and mortality to below PBR and approaching ZMRG, taking into account
the economics of the fishery, the availability of existing technology,
and existing fishery management plans. The modifications are listed
below:
(1) NMFS received numerous comments questioning the rationale of
proposing closures that would result in large economic loss for the
industry but little reduction in co-occurrence and thus little
conservation gain. NMFS is sensitive to the cost of complying with the
final rule and has analyzed these costs in Chapter 7 of the FEIS. The
final rule will implement one seasonal trap/pot closure (Massachusetts
Restricted Area) instead of the three originally proposed under
Alternative 5. This closure area includes Cape Cod Bay, the Outer Cape,
and portions of Massachusetts Bay.
(2) The final rule will exempt New Hampshire State waters from the
minimum number of traps per trawl requirement implemented in this final
rule. Those fishing in New Hampshire state waters will still have to
comply with other existing requirements. This is a change from the
proposed rule, which exempted New Hampshire from all requirements. NMFS
received numerous comments against relaxing current management
measures.
(3) The minimum number of traps per trawl in the final rule changes
slightly from what was proposed. In the proposed rule NMFS acknowledged
that the proposed limits for inshore waters might still result in some
difficulty for smaller vessels, so NMFS requested comments on whether
the final regulations should be adjusted so that the number of traps
per trawl is limited by specific vessel sizes. In addition, NMFS
requested public comment on whether the net benefits of the rule would
be affected, either positively or negatively, by exempting vessels
under a particular size class. NMFS received many comments reiterating
the safety concerns of those who fish close to shore. Several
commenters disagreed with exempting vessels from the minimum number of
traps per trawl requirement. After reviewing all comments NMFS decided
not to institute a small boat exemption. Instead the final rule allows
for a minimum number of two traps per trawl to be fished in Rhode
Island and Massachusetts state waters instead of the proposed minimum
of three traps per trawl.
(4) The final rule allows for `pocket waters' in Maine to fish a
minimum of two traps per trawl instead of three. NMFS received multiple
comments requesting that these waters be treated the same as state
waters and allowed to fish pairs. Allowing those fishing in these
waters to fish under the same requirements as proposed for the rest of
Maine's state waters will help with enforcement.
(5) The final rule will create a \1/4\ mile buffer in waters
surrounding three inhabited islands in Maine--Monhegan, Matinicus, and
Ragged Island. Boats fishing within this \1/4\ mile buffer will be
allowed to continue the current practice of fishing singles. NMFS
received comments expressing concern with safety issues surrounding an
increase of traps per trawl in these waters. The waters surrounding
these islands are generally less than 30 fathoms deep with rocky edges.
It would not be feasible for small boats to fish trawls greater than
singles in this area.
(6) The final rule will not require gear marking in the exempted
waters of Maine. NMFS received numerous comments from those industry
members who fish in both exempt and non-exempt waters. Common concerns
included the feasibility of switching marks when moving from an exempt
area to a non-exempt area; cost of `double' marking lines; and the
rationale for needing to mark line in an area that is already exempt.
Classification
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for the
purposes of Executive Order 12866. This final rule contains collection
of information requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
(PRA), specifically, the marking of fishing gear. The collection of
information requirement was approved by OMB under control number (0648-
0364). Public comment was sought regarding whether this proposed
collection of information is necessary for the proper performance and
function of the agency, including: the practical utility of the
information; the accuracy of the burden estimate; the opportunities to
enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be
collected; and the ways to minimize the burden of the collection of
information, including the use of automated collection techniques or
other forms of information technology. Send comments regarding this
burden estimate, or any other aspect of this data collection, including
suggestions for reducing the burden, to NMFS (see ADDRESSES) and by
email to OIRA_Submission@omb.eop.gov, or fax to (202) 395-7285.
This collection of information requirement applies to a total of
4,006 vessels. Model vessel types were developed for gillnet fisheries,
lobster trap/pot fisheries, and other trap/pot fisheries. Total burden
hours for all vessels is 32,775 hours over three years or 10,925 hours
per year. Total cost burden for all vessels is $21,631 over three years
or $7,231 per year. For more information, please see the PRA submission
associated with this rulemaking.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays
a currently valid OMB Control Number.
As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act, NMFS prepared a
final regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) for this final rule. The
FRFA incorporates a summary of the issues raised by the public comments
in response to the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, NMFS
responses to those comments provided elsewhere in the preamble to this
final rule, and a summary of the analyses completed to support the
final rule. A summary of that FRFA follows: The objective of this final
rule, issued pursuant to section 118 of the MMPA, is to reduce the
level of serious injury and mortality of right, humpback, and fin
whales in commercial east coast trap/pot and gillnet fisheries.
Six alternatives, consisting of the status quo, one preferred
alternative, and four additional alternatives were evaluated using
model vessels, each of which represents a group of vessels that share
similar operating characteristics and would face similar requirements
under a given regulatory alternative. Both an upper and lower bound of
annual compliance costs for lobster and other trap/pot were analyzed.
The final preferred alternative is a modification to the original
preferred alternative. A summary of analysis describing the potential
range of compliance costs follows:
1. NMFS considered a ``no action'' or status quo alternative
(Alternative 1) that would result in no changes to the current measures
under the Plan and, as such, would result in no additional economic
effects on the fishing industry.
2. Alternative 2, would implement new gear marking restrictions
coastwide, increase traps per trawl, and require the use of weaker weak
links
[[Page 36606]]
and/or vertical lines of lower breaking strength. This alternative
would also implement a new management area in the Southeast. Under this
alternative, the average annual vessel compliance costs would equal or
range from $1.8 to $4.5 million for lobster trap/pot vessels; $430,000
to $849,000 for other trap/pot vessels; $7,000 for blue crab and $5,000
for gillnet vessels.
3. Alternative 3 would implement all of the requirements of
Alternative 2, except the number of traps per trawl required in Maine
would differ. Under this alternative NMFS proposes a closure in the
Cape Cod Bay from February 1 through April 30. In addition, New
Hampshire state waters would be exempt from the Plan's requirements.
Under this alternative, the average annual vessel compliance costs
would equal or range from $1.6 to $3.6 million for lobster trap/pot
vessels; $414,000 to $833,000 for other trap/pot vessels; $7,000 for
blue crab and $5,000 for gillnet vessels.
4. Alternative 4 would implement all of the requirements of
Alternative 2. In addition, NMFS would require three closures: (1)
Jordan Basin from November 1 through January 31; (2) Jeffreys Ledge
from October 1 through January 31; and (3) Cape Cod Bay (including a
portion of the Outer Cape and abutting the Great South Channel) from
January 1 through April 30. Under this alternative, the average annual
vessel compliance costs would equal or range from $3.1 to $6.5 million
for lobster trap/pot vessels; $430,000 to $849,000 for other trap/pot
vessels; and $7,000 for blue crab and $5,000 for gillnet vessels.
5. Alternative 5 is a combination of Alternatives 2, 3, and 4. The
traps per trawl for Maine would mimic what is required under
alternative 3; traps per trawl in all other areas would mimic what is
required under Alternative 2. New Hampshire state waters would be
exempt under Alternative 5. The closures proposed under Alternative 4
would remain in place under Alternative 5. Under this alternative, the
average annual vessel compliance costs would equal or range from $2.9
to $5.5 million for lobster trap/pot vessels; $414,000 to $833,000 for
other trap/pot vessels; and $7,000 for blue crab and $5,000 for gillnet
vessels.
6. Alternative 6 would implement all of the requirements of
Alternative 5 with a few exceptions. Doubles would be required in
Massachusetts state waters instead of three traps per trawl. Also, only
one closure would be implemented. From January 1 through April 30 Cape
Cod Bay and the Outer Cape would be closed to fishing. Under this
alternative, the average annual vessel compliance costs would equal or
range from $2.2 to $4.4 million for lobster trap/pot vessels; $416,000
to $836,000 for other trap/pot vessels; and $7,000 for blue crab and
$5,000 for gillnet vessels.
A Notice of Availability for the FEIS was issued on May 16, 2014
(79 FR 28508). The FEIS describes the impacts of the measures on the
environment. On June 20, 2014 NMFS issued a Record of Decision
identifying the selected alternative. A copy of the Record of Decision
is available from NMFS (see ADDRESSES).
NMFS selected Alternative 6 as the preferred alternative but
modified it slightly. The preferred alternative would implement all of
the requirements of Alternative 6 with a few exceptions. Two traps per
trawl would be required in both Massachusetts and Rhode Island state
waters instead of three traps per trawl. New Hampshire state waters
would only be exempt from the proposed minimum number of traps per
trawl requirement. Maine exempted waters would not be required to gear
mark as previously proposed. The final rule allows for those fishing in
`pocket waters' in Maine to fish a minimum of two traps per trawl
instead of three and creates a \1/4\ mile buffer around three inhabited
islands in Maine that would be allowed to continue traditional fishing
practices. Under this alternative, the average annual vessel compliance
costs would equal or range from $1.5 to $3.6 million for lobster trap/
pot vessels; $416,000 to $835,000 for other trap/pot vessels; and
$7,000 for blue crab and $5,000 for gillnet vessels. NMFS solicited
public comments on both the DEIS (78 FR 41927, July 13, 2013) and
proposed rule (78 FR 42654, July 16, 2013) through several different
means including written comments. The public also had the opportunity
to provide oral comments at 16 public hearings from Maine to Florida. A
summary of all comments received and NMFS' Reponses is included in
Volume II of the FEIS. Numerous issues were raised by the public
regarding to the expected effects of this final rule. Areas of concern
included: the implementation time for the new requirements, the
practicality of the proposed gear marking scheme, safety and
feasibility of the proposed minimum number of traps per trawl, the
effects of the proposed seasonal trap/pot closures, and the rationale
for proposing changes to the vertical line and weak link breaking
strength in the proposed Southeast Restricted Area North.
NMFS formulated the final preferred alternative based on these
public comments. This final preferred alternative introduces changes
including: delineating a \1/4\ mile buffer around three Maine islands
to allow current fishing practices to continue, allowing pairs to be
fished in Rhode Island state waters and the pocket waters of Maine, and
exempting New Hampshire state waters from the minimum number of traps
per trawl requirements only. These and other variations decrease the
number of affected vessels and result in reductions in compliance
costs, while sacrificing little in terms of entanglement risk
reduction.
The small entities affected by this final rule are commercial
gillnet and trap/pot fishermen. The geographic range of the final rule
includes the Northeast Atlantic, Mid-Atlantic, and Southeast Atlantic
waters. In the lobster trap/pot fishery, there are potentially 3,186
vessels that would be affected. In the other trap/pot fisheries, there
are potentially 274 vessels that would be affected. In the blue crab
fishery there are potentially 48 vessels that would be affected. In the
gillnet fishery, there are approximately 498 vessels that would be
affected. All vessels are assumed to be small entities within the
meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
NMFS has determined that this action is consistent to the maximum
extent practicable with the approved coastal management programs of the
U.S. Atlantic coastal states. This determination was submitted for
review by the responsible state agencies under section 307 of the
Coastal Zone Management Act. The following states agreed with NMFS'
determination: Connecticut; Delaware; Florida; New Hampshire; New
Jersey; North Carolina; Rhode Island; South Carolina; and Virginia.
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, and New York did not respond;
therefore, consistency is inferred. Georgia conditionally concurred
with NMFS' conclusion that the action is consistent with enforceable
policies of the approved coastal management program for that state;
however, the Georgia conditional occurrence was treated as an objection
because NMFS could not meet the state agency's conditions.
The Georgia Coastal Management Program (GCMP) was concerned that
the proposed gear marking scheme would create significant economic
burden on the fishery and stated that a method should be developed to
allow industry to quickly alter markings when moving gear from state to
Federal waters. For concurrence, GCMP required the Alternative to be
modified to include alternative gear marking schemes that
[[Page 36607]]
would allow expeditious changes between state and Federal waters and
this scheme should be phased in over a three year period in the
Southeast. This final rule does not include a phase in of gear marking
nor does it change the gear marking scheme from what was proposed.
Thus, NMFS did not meet all the state agency's conditions. NMFS
believes the final rule will implement modifications to the Plan deemed
necessary by NMFS to meet the goals of the ESA and MMPA. Therefore,
pursuant to 15 CFR 930.4, the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1)
through (3) were not met and the GCMP no longer concurs with the
determination that the proposed measures are consistent to the maximum
extent practicable with the GCMP.
This final rule contains policies with federalism implications as
that term is defined in Executive Order 13132. Accordingly, the
Assistant Secretary for Legislative and Intergovernmental Affairs
provided notice of the proposed action to the appropriate official(s)
of affected state, local, and/or tribal governments. No concerns were
raised by the states contacted; hence, NMFS will infer that these
states concur with the finding that the regulations for amending the
Plan were consistent with fundamental federalism principles and
federalism policymaking criteria.
An informal consultation under the ESA for this final rule to
modify the Plan was concluded on August 16, 2013. As a result of the
informal consultation, the Regional Administrator determined that the
measures to modify the Plan do not meet the triggers for reinitiation
of consultation. NMFS completed an ESA Section 7 consultation on the
implementation of the Plan on July 15, 1997, and concluded that the
action was not likely to adversely affect any ESA-listed species under
NMFS jurisdiction. Two subsequent consultations were completed in 2004
and 2008, when NMFS changed some of the measures in the Plan. NMFS, as
both the action agency and the consulting agency, reviewed the changes
and determined that the measures as revised through rulemaking would
not affect ESA-listed species under NMFS jurisdiction in a manner that
had not been previously considered.
References
Appledorn, R.S., M. Nemeth, J. Vasslides, and S.M. 2000. The effects
of fish traps on benthic habitats off La Parguera, Puerto Rico.
Caribbean Fishery Management Council, Hato Rey, Puerto Rico.
Barnette, M.C. 2001. A review of the fishing gear utilized within
the Southeast Region and their potential impacts on essential fish
habitat. NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEF SC-449, 62pp.
Johnson, A.J., G.S. Salvador, J.F. Kenney, J. Robbins, S.D. Kraus,
S.C. Landry, and P.J. Clapham, Fishing gear involved in
entanglements of right and humpback whales, Marine Mammal Science
21(4):635-645, 2005.
Knowlton, A., S. Landry, J. Robbins, and T. Werner. 2011. Breaking
strength and diameter of rope taken off entangled North Atlantic
right whales in relation to wound severity and age. Pages 161 in
19th Biennial Conference on the Biology of Marine Mammals, Tampa,
Florida.
McCarron, P. and H. Tetreault, Lobster Pot Gear Configurations in
the Gulf of Maine, 2012.
Morano, J.L., A.N. Rice, J.T. Tielens, B.J. Estabrook, A. Murray,
B.L. Roberts and C.W. Clark. 2012. Acoustically Detected Year-Round
Presence of Right Whales in an Urbanized Migration Corridor.
Conservation Biology 28:698-707.
Mussoline, SE., D. Risch, C.W. Clark, L.T. Hatch, M.T. Weinrich,
D.N. Wiley, M.A. Thompson, P.J. Corkeron and S.M. Van Parijs. 2012.
Seasonal and diel variation of the North Atlantic right whale up-
call: implications for management and conservation in the
Northwestern Atlantic Ocean. Endangered Species Research 17:17-26.
National Marine Fisheries Service. 2005. Recovery Plan for the North
Atlantic Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis). National Marine
Fisheries Service, Silver Spring, MD.
Schreiber, Laurie, ``Lobster Catch-to-Trap Ratio Studied,''
Fisherman's Voice, Vol. 15, No. 4, April 2010.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
[[Page 36608]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27JN14.000
[[Page 36609]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27JN14.001
[[Page 36610]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27JN14.002
BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 229
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Fisheries, Marine mammals, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Dated: June 20, 2014.
Eileen Sobeck,
Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 229 is amended
to read as follows:
PART 229--AUTHORIZATION FOR COMMERCIAL FISHERIES UNDER THE MARINE
MAMMAL PROTECTION ACT OF 1972
0
1. The authority citation for 50 CFR part 229 continues to read as
follows:
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.; Sec. 229.32(f) also issued
under 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.
0
2. In Sec. 229.2, the definition of ``Groundline'' is revised to read
as follows:
Sec. 229.2 Definitions.
* * * * *
Groundline, with reference to trap/pot gear, means a line
connecting traps in a trap trawl, and, with reference to gillnet gear,
means a line connecting a gillnet or gillnet bridle to an anchor.
* * * * *
0
3. In Sec. 229.3, revise paragraphs (h) through (j) and remove and
reserve paragraphs (k) and (l) to read as follows:
Sec. 229.3 Prohibitions.
* * * * *
(h) It is prohibited to own, operate, or be on board a vessel
subject to the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan except if that
vessel and all fishing gear comply with all applicable provisions of
Sec. 229.32.
(i) It is prohibited to fish for, catch, take, harvest or possess
fish or wildlife while on board a vessel subject to the Atlantic Large
Whale Take Reduction Plan, except if that vessel and all fishing gear
is in compliance with all applicable provisions of Sec. 229.32.
(j) Any person or vessel claiming the benefit of any exemption or
exception under Sec. 229.32 has the burden of proving that the
exemption or exception, is applicable.
(k) [Reserved]
(l) [Reserved]
* * * * *
0
4. Section 229.32 is revised to read as follows:
Sec. 229.32 Atlantic large whale take reduction plan regulations.
(a)(1) Purpose and scope. The purpose of this section is to
implement the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction
[[Page 36611]]
Plan to reduce incidental mortality and serious injury of fin,
humpback, and right whales in specific Category I and Category II
commercial fisheries from Maine through Florida. Specific Category I
and II commercial fisheries within the scope of the Plan are identified
and updated in the annual List of Fisheries. The measures identified in
the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan are also intended to
benefit minke whales, which are not designated as a strategic stock,
but are known to be taken incidentally in gillnet and trap/pot
fisheries. The gear types affected by this plan include gillnets (e.g.,
anchored, drift, and shark) and traps/pots. The Assistant Administrator
may revise the requirements set forth in this section in accordance
with paragraph (i) of this section.
(2) Regulated waters. (i) The regulations in this section apply to
all U.S. waters in the Atlantic except for the areas exempted in
paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) The six-mile line referred to in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this
section is a line connecting the following points (Machias Seal to Isle
of Shoals):
44[deg]31.98' N. lat., 67[deg]9.72' W. long (Machias Seal)
44[deg]3.42' N. lat., 68[deg]10.26' W. long (Mount Desert Island)
43[deg]40.98' N. lat., 68[deg]48.84' W. long (Matinicus)
43[deg]39.24' N. lat., 69[deg]18.54' W. long (Monhegan)
43[deg]29.4' N. lat., 70[deg]5.88' W. long (Casco Bay)
42[deg]55.38' N. lat., 70[deg]28.68' W. long (Isle of Shoals)
(iii) The pocket waters referred to in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of
this section are defined as follows:
West of Monhegan Island in the area north of the line 43[deg]42.17'
N. lat., 69[deg]34.27' W. long and 43[deg]42.25' N. lat.,
69[deg]19.3' W. long
East of Monhegan Island in the area located north of the line
43[deg]44' N. lat., 69[deg]15.08' W. long and 43[deg]48.17' N. lat.,
69[deg]8.02' W. long
South of Vinalhaven Island in the area located west of the line
43[deg]52.31' N. lat., 68[deg]40' W. long and 43[deg]58.12' N. lat.,
68[deg]32.95' W. long
South of Bois Bubert Island in the area located northwest of the
line 44[deg]19.27' N. lat., 67[deg]49.5' W. long and 44[deg]23.67'
N. lat., 67[deg]40.5' W. long
(3) Exempted waters. (i) The regulations in this section do not
apply to waters landward of the first bridge over any embayment,
harbor, or inlet in Massachusetts.
(ii) The regulations in this section do not apply to waters
landward of the 72 COLREGS demarcation lines (International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972), as depicted or noted on
nautical charts published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (Coast Charts 1:80,000 scale), and as described in 33
CFR part 80 with the exception of the COLREGS lines for Casco Bay
(Maine), Portsmouth Harbor (New Hampshire), Gardiners Bay and Long
Island Sound (New York), and the state of Massachusetts.
(iii) Other exempted waters. The regulations in this section do not
apply to waters landward of the following lines:
Maine
A line connecting the following points (Quoddy Narrows/US-Canada
border to Odiornes Pt., Portsmouth, New Hampshire):
44[deg]49.67' N. lat., 66[deg]57.77' W. long. (R N ``2'', Quoddy
Narrows)
44[deg]48.64' N. lat., 66[deg]56.43' W. long. (G ``1'' Whistle, West
Quoddy Head)
44[deg]47.36' N. lat., 66[deg]59.25' W. long. (R N ``2'', Morton
Ledge)
44[deg]45.51' N. lat., 67[deg]02.87' W. long. (R ``28M'' Whistle,
Baileys Mistake)
44[deg]37.70' N. lat., 67[deg]09.75' W. long. (Obstruction,
Southeast of Cutler)
44[deg]27.77' N. lat., 67[deg]32.86' W. long. (Freeman Rock, East of
Great Wass Island)
44[deg]25.74' N. lat., 67[deg]38.39' W. long. (R ``2SR'' Bell,
Seahorse Rock, West of Great Wass Island)
44[deg]21.66' N. lat., 67[deg]51.78' W. long. (R N ``2'', Petit
Manan Island)
44[deg]19.08' N. lat., 68[deg]02.05' W. long. (R ``2S'' Bell,
Schoodic Island)
44[deg]13.55' N. lat., 68[deg]10.71' W. long. (R ``8BI'' Whistle,
Baker Island)
44[deg]08.36' N. lat., 68[deg]14.75' W. long. (Southern Point, Great
Duck Island)
43[deg]59.36' N. lat., 68[deg]37.95' W. long. (R ``2'' Bell, Roaring
Bull Ledge, Isle Au Haut)
43[deg]59.83' N. lat., 68[deg]50.06' W. long. (R ``2A'' Bell, Old
Horse Ledge)
43[deg]56.72' N. lat., 69[deg]04.89' W. long. (G ``5TB'' Bell, Two
Bush Channel)
43[deg]50.28' N. lat., 69[deg]18.86' W. long. (R ``2 OM'' Whistle,
Old Man Ledge)
43[deg]48.96' N. lat., 69[deg]31.15' W. long. (GR C ``PL'', Pemaquid
Ledge)
43[deg]43.64' N. lat., 69[deg]37.58' W. long. (R ``2BR'' Bell,
Bantam Rock)
43[deg]41.44' N. lat., 69[deg]45.27' W. long. (R ``20ML'' Bell, Mile
Ledge)
43[deg]36.04' N. lat., 70[deg]03.98' W. long. (RG N ``BS'', Bulwark
Shoal)
43[deg]31.94' N. lat., 70[deg]08.68' W. long. (G ``1'', East Hue and
Cry)
43[deg]27.63' N. lat., 70[deg]17.48' W. long. (RW ``WI'' Whistle,
Wood Island)
43[deg]20.23' N. lat., 70[deg]23.64' W. long. (RW ``CP'' Whistle,
CapePorpoise)
43[deg]04.06' N. lat., 70[deg]36.70' W. long. (R N ``2MR'', Murray
Rock)
43[deg]02.93' N. lat., 70[deg]41.47' W. long. (R ``2KR'' Whistle,
Kittery Point)
43[deg]02.55' N. lat., 70[deg]43.33' W. long. (Odiornes Pt.,
Portsmouth, New Hampshire)
New Hampshire
New Hampshire state waters are exempt from the minimum number of
traps per trawl requirement in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
Harbor waters landward of the following lines are exempt from all the
regulations in this section.
A line from 42[deg]53.691' N. lat., 70[deg]48.516' W. long. to
42[deg]53.516' N. lat., 70[deg]48.748' W. long. (Hampton Harbor)
A line from 42[deg]59.986' N. lat., 70[deg]44.654' W. long. to
42[deg]59.956' N., 70[deg]44.737' W. long. (Rye Harbor)
Rhode Island
A line from 41[deg]22.441' N. lat., 71[deg]30.781' W. long. to
41[deg]22.447' N. lat., 71[deg]30.893' W. long. (Pt. Judith Pond
Inlet)
A line from 41[deg]21.310' N. lat., 71[deg]38.300' W. long. to
41[deg]21.300' N. lat., 71[deg]38.330' W. long. (Ninigret Pond
Inlet)
A line from 41[deg]19.875' N. lat., 71[deg]43.061' W. long. to
41[deg]19.879' N. lat., 71[deg]43.115' W. long. (Quonochontaug Pond
Inlet)
A line from 41[deg]19.660' N. lat., 71[deg]45.750' W. long. to
41[deg]19.660' N. lat., 71[deg]45.780' W. long. (Weekapaug Pond
Inlet)
New York
A line that follows the territorial sea baseline through Block
Island Sound (Watch Hill Point, RI, to Montauk Point, NY)
South Carolina
A line from 32[deg]34.717' N. lat., 80[deg]08.565' W. long. to
32[deg]34.686' N. lat., 80[deg]08.642' W. long. (Captain Sams Inlet)
(4) Sinking groundline exemption. The fisheries regulated under
this section are exempt from the requirement to have groundlines
composed of sinking line if their groundline is at a depth equal to or
greater than 280 fathoms (1,680 ft or 512.1 m).
(5) Net panel weak link and anchoring exemption. The anchored
gillnet fisheries regulated under this section are exempt from the
requirement to install weak links in the net panel and anchor each end
of the net string if the float-line is at a depth equal to or greater
than 280 fathoms (1,680 ft or 512.1 m).
(6) Island buffer. Those fishing in waters within \1/4\ mile of
Monhegan Island, Maine; Matinicus, Maine; and Ragged Island, Maine are
exempt from the minimum number of traps per trawl requirement in
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
(b) Gear marking requirements--(1) Specified areas. The following
areas are specified for gear marking purposes: Northern Inshore State
Trap/Pot Waters, Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area, Massachusetts Restricted
Area, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area, Great South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot
Area, Great
[[Page 36612]]
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area, Great South Channel Sliver
Restricted Area, Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area, Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area, Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area, Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area, Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area,
Southeast U.S. Restricted Areas, and Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area.
(2) Markings. All specified gear in specified areas must be marked
with the color code shown in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The
color of the color code must be permanently marked on or along the line
or lines specified below under paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this
section. Each color mark of the color codes must be clearly visible
when the gear is hauled or removed from the water. The rope must be
marked at least three times (top, middle, bottom) and each mark must
total 12-inch (30.5 cm) in length. If the mark consists of two colors
then each color mark may be 6-inch (15.25 cm) for a total mark of 12-
inch (30.5 cm). If the color of the rope is the same as or similar to a
color code, then a white mark may be substituted for that color code.
In marking or affixing the color code, the line may be dyed, painted,
or marked with thin colored whipping line, thin colored plastic, or
heat-shrink tubing, or other material; or a thin line may be woven into
or through the line; or the line may be marked as approved in writing
by the Assistant Administrator. A brochure illustrating the techniques
for marking gear is available from the Regional Administrator, NMFS,
Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(i) Buoy line markings. All buoy lines of shark gillnet gear in the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S, Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area and
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters, greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) long must
be marked within 2 feet (0.6 m) of the top of the buoy line (closest to
the surface), midway along the length of the buoy line, and within 2
feet (0.6 m) of the bottom of the buoy line.
(ii) Net panel markings. Shark gillnet gear net panels in the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S, Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area and
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters is required to be marked. The net panel
must be marked along both the floatline and the leadline at least once
every 100 yards (91.4 m).
(iii) Surface buoy markings. Trap/pot and gillnet gear regulated
under this section must mark all surface buoys to identify the vessel
or fishery with one of the following: The owner's motorboat
registration number, the owner's U.S. vessel documentation number, the
federal commercial fishing permit number, or whatever positive
identification marking is required by the vessel's home-port state.
When marking of surface buoys is not already required by state or
federal regulations, the letters and numbers used to mark the gear to
identify the vessel or fishery must be at least 1 inch (2.5 cm) in
height in block letters or arabic numbers in a color that contrasts
with the background color of the buoy. A brochure illustrating the
techniques for marking gear is available from the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(3) Color code. Gear must be marked with the appropriate colors to
designate gear types and areas as follows:
Color Code Scheme
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan management area Color
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trap/Pot Gear
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Massachusetts Restricted Area............. Red.
Northern Nearshore........................ Red.
Northern Inshore State.................... Red.
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Red.
Area.
Great South Channel Restricted Area Red.
overlapping with LMA 2 and/or Outer Cape.
Southern Nearshore........................ Orange.
Southeast Restricted Area North (State Blue and Orange.
Waters).
Southeast Restricted Area North (Federal Green and Orange.
Waters).
Offshore.................................. Black.
Great South Channel Restricted Area Black.
overlapping with LMA 2/3 and/or LMA 3.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gillnet excluding shark gillnet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area.............. Green.
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Green.
Area.
Great South Channel Restricted Area....... Green.
Great South Channel Restricted Sliver Area Green.
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters............ Green.
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters......... Blue.
Southeast US Restricted Area South........ Yellow.
Other Southeast Gillnet Waters............ Yellow.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shark Gillnet (with webbing of 5'' or greater)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Southeast US Restricted Area South........ Green and Blue.
Southeast Monitoring Area................. Green and Blue.
Other Southeast Waters.................... Green and Blue.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Restrictions applicable to trap/pot gear in regulated waters--
(1) Universal trap/pot gear requirements. In addition to the gear
marking requirements listed in paragraph (b) and the area-specific
measures listed in paragraphs (c)(2) through (10) of this section, all
trap/pot gear in regulated waters, including the Northern Inshore State
Trap/Pot Waters Area, must comply with the universal gear requirements
listed below.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their buoy lines
to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are considered to be less of
an entanglement threat and are thus preferable to knots.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 36613]]
(i) No buoy line floating at the surface. No person or vessel may
fish with trap/pot gear that has any portion of the buoy line floating
at the surface at any time when the buoy line is directly connected to
the gear at the ocean bottom. If more than one buoy is attached to a
single buoy line or if a high flyer and a buoy are used together on a
single buoy line, floating line may be used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Trap/pot gear must be hauled out of
the water at least once every 30 days.
(iii) Groundlines. All groundlines must be composed entirely of
sinking line. The attachment of buoys, toggles, or other floatation
devices to groundlines is prohibited.
(2) Area specific gear requirements. Trap/pot gear must be set
according to the requirements outlined below and in the table in
paragraph (c)(2)(iii).
(i) Single traps and multiple-trap trawls. All traps must be set
according to the configuration outlined in the table in paragraph
(c)(2)(iii).
(ii) Buoy line weak links. All buoys, flotation devices and/or
weights (except traps/pots, anchors, and leadline woven into the buoy
line), such as surface buoys, high flyers, sub-surface buoys, toggles,
window weights, etc., must be attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to each individual buoy, flotation device and/or
weight as operationally feasible and that meets the following
specifications:
(A) The breaking strength of the weak links must not exceed the
breaking strength listed in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section for a
specified management area.
(B) The weak link must be chosen from the following list approved
by NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other materials
or devices approved in writing by the Assistant Administrator. A
brochure illustrating the techniques for making weak links is available
from the Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon
request.
(C) Weak links must break cleanly leaving behind the bitter end of
the line. The bitter end of the line must be free of any knots when the
weak link breaks. Splices are not considered to be knots for the
purposes of this provision.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The pocket waters and 6-mile line as defined in paragraphs
(a)(2)(ii) and (a)(2)(iii) of this section.
\3\ See Sec. 229.32 (f)(1) for description of area.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Table of Area Specific Gear Requirements.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum
Location Mgmt area traps/trawl Weak link strength
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ME State and Pocket Waters \2\.... Northern Inshore State.... 2 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
ME Zones A-G (3-6 miles) \2\...... Northern Nearshore........ 3 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
ME Zones A-C (6-12 miles) \2\..... Northern Nearshore........ 5 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
ME Zones D-G (6-12 miles) \2\..... Northern Nearshore........ 10................... <=600 lbs.
ME Zones A-E (12+ miles).......... Northern Nearshore and 15................... <=600 lbs (<=1,500 lbs in
Offshore. offshore, 2,000 lbs if
red crab trap/pot)
ME Zones F-G (12+ miles).......... Northern Nearshore and 15 (Mar 1-Oct 31).... <=600 lbs (<=1,500 lbs in
Offshore. 20 (Nov 1-Feb 28/29). offshore, 2,000 lbs if
red crab trap/pot).
MA State Waters................... Northern Inshore State and 2 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
Massachusetts Restricted
Area.
NH State Waters................... Northern Inshore State.... No minimum trap/trawl <=600 lbs.
LMA 1 (3-12 miles)................ Northern Nearshore and 10................... <=600 lbs.
Massachusetts Restricted
Area and Stellwagen Bank/
Jeffreys Ledge Restricted
Area.
LMA 1 (12+ miles)................. Northern Nearshore........ 20................... <=600 lbs.
LMA1/OC Overlap (0-3 miles)....... Northern Inshore State and 2 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
Massachusetts Restricted
Area.
OC (0-3 miles).................... Northern Inshore State and 2 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
Massachusetts Restricted
Area.
OC (3-12 miles)................... Northern Nearshore and 10................... <=600 lbs.
Massachusetts Restricted
Area.
OC (12+ miles).................... Northern Nearshore and 20................... <=600 lbs.
Great South Channel
Restricted Area.
Rhode Island State Waters......... Northern Inshore State.... 2 (1 endline)........ <=600 lbs.
LMA 2 (3-12 miles)................ Northern Nearshore........ 10................... <=600 lbs.
LMA 2 (12 + miles)................ Northern Nearshore and 15................... <=600 lbs.
Great South Channel
Restricted Area.
LMA 2/3 Overlap (12+ miles)....... Offshore and Great South 20................... <=1,500 lbs (2,000 lbs if
Channel Restricted Area. red crab trap/pot).
LMA 3 (12+ miles)................. Offshore waters North of 20................... <=1,500 lbs (2,000 lbs if
40[deg] and Great South red crab trap/pot).
Channel Restricted Area.
LMA 4,5,6......................... Southern Nearshore........ ..................... <=600 lbs.
FL State Waters................... Southeast US Restricted 1.................... <=200 lbs.
Area North \3\.
GA State Waters................... Southeast US Restricted 1.................... <=600 lbs.
Area North \3\.
SC State Waters................... Southeast US Restricted 1.................... <=600 lbs.
Area North \3\.
Federal Waters off FL, GA, SC..... Southeast US Restricted 1.................... <=600 lbs.
Area North \3\.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 36614]]
(3) Massachusetts Restricted Area--(i) Area. The Massachusetts
restricted area is bounded by the following point surrounding the
shoreline of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. lat. W. long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRA1........................... 42[deg]12' 70[deg]30'
MRA2........................... 42[deg]30' 70[deg]30'
MRA3........................... 42[deg]30' 69[deg]45'
MRA4........................... 41[deg]40' 69[deg]45'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Closure. From January 1 to April 30, it is prohibited to fish
with, set, or possess trap/pot gear in this area unless stowed in
accordance with Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From May 1 through
December 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot gear
in the Massachusetts Restricted Area unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section,
the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1)
of this section, and the area-specific requirements listed in paragraph
(c)(2) of this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in
Sec. 229.2.
(4) Great South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area--(i) Area. The
Great South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area consists of the area
bounded by the following points.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Lat. W. Long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GSC1........................... 41[deg]40' 69[deg]45'
GSC2........................... 41[deg]0' 69[deg]05'
GSC3........................... 41[deg]38' 68[deg]13'
GSC4........................... 42[deg]10' 68[deg]31'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Closure. From April 1 through June 30, it is prohibited to
fish with, set, or possess trap/pot gear in this area unless stowed in
accordance with Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From July 1
through March 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot
gear in the Great South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area unless that
gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph
(b) of this section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified
in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the area-specific requirements
listed in (c)(2) of this section, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in Sec. 229.2.
(5) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area--(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except those designated as the
Massachusetts Restricted Area in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, that
lie south of 43[deg]15' N. lat. and west of 70[deg]00' W. long.
(ii) Year round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and the area-specific requirements
listed in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(6) Offshore Trap/Pot \4\ Waters Area--(i) Area. The Offshore Trap/
Pot Waters Area includes all Federal waters of the EEZ Offshore
Management Area 3, including the area known as the Area 2/3 Overlap and
Area 3/5 Overlap as defined in the American Lobster Fishery regulations
at Sec. 697.18 of this title, with the exception of the Great South
Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area and Southeast Restricted Area, and
extending south along the 100-fathom (600-ft or 182.9-m) depth contour
from 35[deg]14' N. lat. south to 27[deg]51' N. lat., and east to the
eastern edge of the EEZ.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Fishermen using red crab trap/pot gear should refer to Sec.
229.32(c)(10) for the restrictions applicable to red crab trap/pot
fishery.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the Offshore
Trap/Pot Waters Area that overlaps an area from the U.S./Canada border
south to a straight line from 41[deg]18.2' N. lat., 71[deg]51.5' W.
long. (Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40[deg]00' N. lat., and then east
to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, and the area-specific requirements listed in (c)(2) of
this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
September 1 to May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
trap/pot gear in the Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that overlaps an
area bounded on the north by a straight line from 41[deg]18.2' N. lat.,
71[deg]51.5' W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40[deg]00' N.
lat. and then east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, and bounded on the
south by a line at 32[deg]00' N. lat., and east to the eastern edge of
the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and area-
specific requirements in (c)(2) or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
November 15 to April 15, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
trap/pot gear in the Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that overlaps an
area from 32[deg]00' N. lat. south to 29[deg]00' N. lat. and east to
the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the area-specific requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(v) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
December 1 to March 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
trap/pot gear in the Offshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that overlaps an
area from 29[deg]00' N. lat. south to 27[deg]51' N. lat. and east to
the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the area-specific requirements in paragraph (c)(2) in
this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(vi) [Reserved]
(7) Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area--(i) Area. The
Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area includes the state waters
of Rhode Island, Massachusetts, and Maine, with the exception of
Massachusetts Restricted Area and those waters exempted under paragraph
(a)(3) of this section. Federal waters west of 70[deg]00' N. lat. in
Nantucket Sound are also included in the Northern Inshore State Trap/
Pot Waters Area.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the Northern
Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters Area unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section,
the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1)
of this section, the area-specific requirements in (c)(2) of this
section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(8) Northern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area--(i) Area. The Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area includes all Federal waters of EEZ
Nearshore Management Area 1, Area 2, and the Outer Cape Lobster
Management Area (as defined in the
[[Page 36615]]
American Lobster Fishery regulations at 50 CFR 697.18 of this title),
with the exception of the Great South Channel Restricted Trap/Pot Area,
Massachusetts Restricted Area, Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge
Restricted Area, and Federal waters west of 70[deg]00' N. lat. in
Nantucket Sound (included in the Northern Inshore State Trap/Pot Waters
Area) and those waters exempted under paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the Northern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the area-specific requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(9) Southern Nearshore \5\ Trap/Pot Waters Area--(i) Area. The
Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area includes all state and Federal
waters which fall within EEZ Nearshore Management Area 4, EEZ Nearshore
Management Area 5, and EEZ Nearshore Management Area 6 (as defined in
the American Lobster Fishery regulations in 50 CFR 697.18, and
excluding the Area 3/5 Overlap), and inside the 100-fathom (600-ft or
182.9-m) depth contour line from 35[deg]30' N. lat. south to 27[deg]51'
N. lat. and extending inshore to the shoreline or exemption line, with
the exception of those waters exempted under paragraph (a)(3) of this
section and those waters in the Southeast Restricted Area defined in
paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ Fishermen using red crab trap/pot gear should refer to Sec.
229.32(c)(10) for the restrictions applicable to red crab trap/pot
fishery.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess trap/pot gear in the Southern
Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that is east of a straight line from
41[deg]18.2' N. lat., 71[deg]51.5' W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI)
south to 40[deg]00' N. lat., unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the area-specific requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
September 1 to May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
trap/pot gear in the Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that
overlaps an area bounded on the north by a straight line from
41[deg]18.2' N. lat., 71[deg]51.5' W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI)
south to 40[deg]00' N. lat. and then east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, and bounded on the south by 32[deg]00' N. lat., and east to the
eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal trap/pot gear requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the area-specific requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
November 15 to April 15, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
trap/pot gear in the Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that
overlaps an area from 32[deg]00' N. lat. south to 29[deg]00' N. lat.
and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the area-specific requirements in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in Sec. 229.2.
(v) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
December 1 to March 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
trap/pot gear in the Southern Nearshore Trap/Pot Waters Area that
overlaps an area from 29[deg]00' N. lat. south to 27[deg]51' N. lat.
and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with
the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the area-specific requirements in
(c)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in
Sec. 229.2.
(vi) [Reserved]
(10) Restrictions applicable to the red crab trap/pot fishery--(i)
Area. The red crab trap/pot fishery is regulated in the waters
identified in paragraphs (c)(6)(i) and (c)(9)(i) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess red crab trap/pot gear in the
area identified in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section that overlaps
an area from the U.S./Canada border south to a straight line from
41[deg] 18.2' N. lat., 71[deg]51.5' W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI)
south to 40[deg]00' N. lat., and then east to the eastern edge of the
EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear marking requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the universal trap/pot gear
requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the area-
specific requirements in paragraph (c)(2) of this section or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
September 1 to May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess red
crab trap/pot gear in the area identified in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of
this section that overlaps an area bounded on the north by a straight
line from 41[deg]18.2' N. lat., 71[deg]51.5' W. long. (Watch Hill
Point, RI) south to 40[deg]00' N. lat. and then east to the eastern
edge of the EEZ, and bounded on the south by a line at 32[deg]00' N.
lat., and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the area-specific requirements in
(c)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in
Sec. 229.2.
(iv) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
November 15 to April 15, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
red crab trap/pot gear in the area identified in paragraph (c)(11)(i)
of this section that overlaps an area from 32[deg]00' N. lat. south to
29[deg]00' N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that
gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph
(b) of this section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified
in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the area-specific requirements in
paragraph (c)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in Sec. 229.2.
(v) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
December 1 to March 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
red crab trap/pot gear in the area identified in paragraph (c)(11)(i)
of this section that overlaps an area from 29[deg]00' N. lat. south to
27[deg]51' N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that
gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph
(b) of this section, the universal trap/pot gear requirements specified
in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the area-specific requirements in
(c)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in
Sec. 229.2.
(vi) [Reserved]
(d) Restrictions applicable to anchored gillnet gear--(1) Universal
anchored gillnet gear requirements. In addition to the area-specific
measures listed in paragraphs (d)(3) through (d)(8) of this section,
all anchored gillnet gear in regulated waters must comply with
[[Page 36616]]
the universal gear requirements listed below.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ Fishermen are also encouraged to maintain their buoy lines
to be as knot-free as possible. Splices are considered to be less of
an entanglement threat and are thus preferable to knots.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) No buoy line floating at the surface. No person or vessel may
fish with anchored gillnet gear that has any portion of the buoy line
floating at the surface at any time when the buoy line is directly
connected to the gear at the ocean bottom. If more than one buoy is
attached to a single buoy line or if a high flyer and a buoy are used
together on a single buoy line, sinking and/or neutrally buoyant line
must be used between these objects.
(ii) No wet storage of gear. Anchored gillnet gear must be hauled
out of the water at least once every 30 days.
(iii) Groundlines. All groundlines must be composed entirely of
sinking line unless exempted from this requirement under paragraph
(a)(4) of this section. The attachment of buoys, toggles, or other
floatation devices to groundlines is prohibited.
(2) Area specific gear restrictions. No person or vessel may fish
with or possess anchored gillnet gear in Areas referenced in paragraphs
(d)(3) through (d)(8) of this section, unless that gear complies with
the gear requirements specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
and the area specific requirements listed below, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(i) Buoy line weak links. All buoys, flotation devices and/or
weights (except gillnets, anchors, and leadline woven into the buoy
line), such as surface buoys, high flyers, sub-surface buoys, toggles,
window weights, etc., must be attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to each individual buoy, flotation device and/or
weight as operationally feasible and that meets the following
specifications:
(A) The weak link must be chosen from the following list approved
by NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other materials
or devices approved in writing by the Assistant Administrator. A
brochure illustrating the techniques for making weak links is available
from the Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon
request.
(B) The breaking strength of the weak links must not exceed 1,100
lb (499.0 kg).
(C) Weak links must break cleanly leaving behind the bitter end of
the line. The bitter end of the line must be free of any knots when the
weak link breaks. Splices are not considered to be knots for the
purposes of this provision.
(ii) Net panel weak links. The breaking strength of each weak link
must not exceed 1,100 lb (499.0 kg). The weak link requirements apply
to all variations in panel size. All net panels in a string must
contain weak links that meet one of the following two configurations
unless exempted from this requirement under paragraph (a)(5) of this
section:
(A) Configuration 1. (1) The weak link must be chosen from the
following list approved by NMFS: Plastic weak links or rope of
appropriate breaking strength. If rope of appropriate breaking strength
is used throughout the floatline or as the up and down line, or if no
up and down line is present, then individual weak links are not
required on the floatline or up and down line. A brochure illustrating
the techniques for making weak links is available from the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon request; and
(2) One weak link must be placed in the center of each of the up
and down lines at both ends of the net panel; and
(3) One weak link must be placed as close as possible to each end
of the net panels on the floatline; and
(4) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m) or less in
length, one weak link must be placed in the center of the floatline; or
(5) For net panels greater than 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m) in
length, one weak link must be placed at least every 25 fathoms (150 ft
or 45.7 m) along the floatline.
(B) Configuration 2. (1) The weak link must be chosen from the
following list approved by NMFS: Plastic weak links or rope of
appropriate breaking strength. If rope of appropriate breaking strength
is used throughout the floatline or as the up and down line, or if no
up and down line is present, then individual weak links are not
required on the floatline or up and down line. A brochure illustrating
the techniques for making weak links is available from the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon request; and
(2) One weak link must be placed in the center of each of the up
and down lines at both ends of the net panel; and
(3) One weak link must be placed between the floatline tie loops
between net panels; and
(4) One weak link must be placed where the floatline tie loops
attaches to the bridle, buoy line, or groundline at the end of a net
string; and
(5) For net panels of 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m) or less in
length, one weak link must be placed in the center of the floatline; or
(6) For net panels greater than 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4 m) in
length, one weak link must be placed at least every 25 fathoms (150 ft
or 45.7 m) along the floatline.
(iii) Anchoring systems. All anchored gillnets, regardless of the
number of net panels, must be secured at each end of the net string
with a burying anchor (an anchor that holds to the ocean bottom through
the use of a fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the holding capacity
equal to or greater than a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor unless
exempted from this requirement under paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
Dead weights do not meet this requirement. A brochure illustrating the
techniques for rigging anchoring systems is available from the Regional
Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region.
(3) Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area--(i) Area. The Cape Cod Bay
restricted area is bounded by the following points and on the south and
east by the interior shoreline of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. lat. W. long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCB1........................... 41[deg]40' 69[deg]45'
CCB2........................... 42[deg]30' 69[deg]45'
CCB3........................... 42[deg]30' 70[deg]30'
CCB4........................... 42[deg]12' 70[deg]30'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Closure. During January 1 through May 15 of each year, no
person or vessel may fish with or possess anchored gillnet gear in the
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area unless the Assistant Administrator
specifies gear restrictions or alternative fishing practices in
accordance with paragraph (i) of this section and the gear or practices
comply with those specifications, or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in Sec. 229.2. The Assistant Administrator may waive this
closure for the remaining portion of the winter restricted period in
any year through a notification in the Federal Register if NMFS
determines that right whales have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From May 16
through December 31 of each year, no person or vessel may fish with or
possess anchored gillnet gear in the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area
unless that gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section,
or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(4) Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area--(i) Area. The
Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area consists
[[Page 36617]]
of the area bounded by lines connecting the following four points:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. lat. W. long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GSC1........................... 41[deg]02.2' 69[deg]02'
GSC2........................... 41[deg]43.5' 69[deg]36.3'
GSC3........................... 42[deg]10' 68[deg]31'
GSC4........................... 41[deg]38' 68[deg]13'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Closure. From April 1 through June 30 of each year, no person
or vessel may fish with or possess anchored gillnet gear in the Great
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area unless the Assistant
Administrator specifies gear restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section and the gear
or practices comply with those specifications, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From July 1
through March 31 of each year, no person or vessel may fish with or
possess anchored gillnet gear in the Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area unless that gear complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the universal
anchored gillnet gear requirements specified in paragraph (d)(1) of
this section, and the area-specific requirements listed in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as specified in
Sec. 229.2.
(5) Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area--(i) Area. The Great
South Channel Sliver Restricted Area consists of the area bounded by
lines connecting the following points:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. lat. W. long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GSCRA1......................... 41[deg]02.2' 69[deg]02'
GSCRA2......................... 41[deg]43.5' 69[deg]36.3'
GSCRA3......................... 41[deg]40' 69[deg]45'
GSCRA4......................... 41[deg]00' 69[deg]05'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess anchored gillnet gear in the
Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area unless that gear complies
with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this
section, the universal anchored gillnet gear requirements specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the area-specific requirements
listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed
as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(6) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area--(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except those designated as the Cape Cod
Bay Restricted Area in paragraph (d)(3) of this section that lie south
of 43[deg]15' N. lat. and west of 70[deg]00' W. long.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess anchored gillnet gear in the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored gillnet gear requirements
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(7) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area--(i) Area. The Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters Area consists of all state and Federal U.S.
waters from the U.S./Canada border to Long Island, NY, at 72[deg]30' W.
long. south to 36[deg]33.03' N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of
the EEZ, with the exception of the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area, Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area,
and exempted waters listed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess anchored gillnet gear in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area that overlaps an area from the
U.S./Canada border south to a straight line from 41[deg]18.2' N. lat.,
71[deg]51.5' W. long. (Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40[deg]00' N.
lat. and then east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored gillnet gear requirements
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the area-specific
requirements listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
September 1 to May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
anchored gillnet gear in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area that
is south of a straight line from 41[deg]18.2' N. lat., 71 [deg]51.5' W.
long. (Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40[deg]00' N. lat. and then east
to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the
universal anchored gillnet gear requirements specified in paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, and the area-specific requirements listed in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section or unless the gear is stowed as
specified in Sec. 229.2.
(8) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters--(i) Area. The Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters consists of all U.S. waters bounded on the
north from Long Island, NY, at 72[deg]30' W. long. south to
36[deg]33.03' N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, and
bounded on the south by 32[deg]00' N. lat., and east to the eastern
edge of the EEZ. When the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
overlaps the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area and its restricted period
as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section, then the
closure and exemption for the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as
specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies.
(ii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From September 1
through May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess anchored
gillnet gear in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, the universal anchored gillnet gear requirements
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the following area-
specific requirements, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in
Sec. 229.2. When the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area overlaps
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area and its restricted period as
specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section, then the
closure and exemption for the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as
specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies.
(A) Buoy line weak links. All buoys, flotation devices and/or
weights (except gillnets, anchors, and leadline woven into the buoy
line), such as surface buoys, high flyers, sub-surface buoys, toggles,
window weights, etc., must be attached to the buoy line with a weak
link placed as close to each individual buoy, flotation device and/or
weight as operationally feasible and that meets the following
specifications:
(1) The weak link must be chosen from the following list approved
by NMFS: Swivels, plastic weak links, rope of appropriate breaking
strength, hog rings, rope stapled to a buoy stick, or other materials
or devices approved in writing by the Assistant Administrator. A
brochure illustrating the techniques for making weak links is available
from the Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon
request.
(2) The breaking strength of the weak links must not exceed 1,100
lb (499.0 kg).
(3) Weak links must break cleanly leaving behind the bitter end of
the line. The bitter end of the line must be free
[[Page 36618]]
of any knots when the weak link breaks. Splices are not considered to
be knots for the purposes of this provision.
(B) Net panel weak links. The weak link requirements apply to all
variations in panel size. All net panels must contain weak links that
meet the following specifications unless exempted under paragraph
(a)(5) of this section:
(1) The breaking strength for each of the weak links must not
exceed 1,100 lb (499.0 kg).
(2) The weak link must be chosen from the following list approved
by NMFS: Plastic weak links or rope of appropriate breaking strength.
If rope of appropriate breaking strength is used throughout the
floatline then individual weak links are not required. A brochure
illustrating the techniques for making weak links is available from the
Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(3) Weak links must be placed in the center of the floatline of
each gillnet net panel up to and including 50 fathoms (300 ft or 91.4
m) in length, or at least every 25 fathoms (150 ft or 45.7 m) along the
floatline for longer panels.
(C) Additional anchoring system and net panel weak link
requirements. All gillnets must return to port with the vessel unless
the gear meets the following specifications:
(1) Anchoring systems. All anchored gillnets, regardless of the
number of net panels, must be secured at each end of the net string
with a burying anchor (an anchor that holds to the ocean bottom through
the use of a fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having the holding capacity
equal to or greater than a 22-lb (10.0-kg) Danforth-style anchor unless
exempted under paragraph (a)(5) of this section. Dead weights do not
meet this requirement. A brochure illustrating the techniques for
rigging anchoring systems is available from the Regional Administrator,
NMFS, Greater Atlantic Region upon request.
(2) Net panel weak links. Net panel weak links must meet the
specifications in this paragraph. The breaking strength of each weak
link must not exceed 1,100 lb (499.0 kg). The weak link requirements
apply to all variations in panel size. All net panels in a string must
contain weak links that meet one of the following two configurations
found in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) or (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(3) Additional provision for North Carolina. All gillnets set 300
yards (274.3 m) or less from the shoreline in North Carolina must meet
the anchoring system and net panel weak link requirements in paragraphs
(d)(8)(ii)(C)(1) and (d)(8)(ii)(C)(2) of this section, or the
following:
(i) The entire net string must be less than 300 yards (274.3 m)
from shore.
(ii) The breaking strength of each weak link must not exceed 600 lb
(272.2 kg). The weak link requirements apply to all variations in panel
size.
(iii) All net panels in a string must contain weak links that meet
one of the following two configuration specifications found in
paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) or (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(iv) Regardless of the number of net panels, all anchored gillnets
must be secured at the offshore end of the net string with a burying
anchor (an anchor that holds to the ocean bottom through the use of a
fluke, spade, plow, or pick) having a holding capacity equal to or
greater than an 8-lb (3.6-kg) Danforth-style anchor, and at the inshore
end of the net string with a dead weight equal to or greater than 31 lb
(14.1 kg).
(e) Restrictions applicable to drift gillnet gear--(1) Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area--(i) Area. The Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area is bounded
by the following points and on the south and east by the interior
shoreline of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Lat. W. Long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCB1........................... 41[deg]40' 69[deg]45'
CCB2........................... 42[deg]30' 69[deg]45'
CCB3........................... 42[deg]30' 70[deg]30'
CCB4........................... 42[deg]12' 70[deg]30'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Closure. From January 1 through April 30 of each year, no
person or vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear in the
Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area unless the Assistant Administrator
specifies gear restrictions or alternative fishing practices in
accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section and the gear or
practices comply with those specifications, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. The Assistant Administrator may
waive this closure for the remaining portion of the winter restricted
period in any year through a notification in the Federal Register if
NMFS determines that right whales have left the restricted area and are
unlikely to return for the remainder of the season.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From May 1 through
December 31 of each year, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
drift gillnet gear in the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec.
229.2. Additionally, no person or vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear at night in the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area unless that
gear is tended, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec.
229.2. During that time, all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in
the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area must be removed from the water and
stowed on board the vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(2) Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area--(i) Area. The
Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area consists of the area
bounded by lines connecting the following four points:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. Lat. W. Long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GSC1........................... 41[deg]02.2' 69[deg]02'
GSC2........................... 41[deg]43.5' 69[deg]36.3'
GSC3........................... 42[deg]10' 68[deg]31'
GSC4........................... 41[deg]38' 68[deg]13'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Closure. From April 1 through June 30 of each year, no person
or vessel may set, fish with or possess drift gillnet gear in the Great
South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area unless the Assistant
Administrator specifies gear restrictions or alternative fishing
practices in accordance with paragraph (i) of this section and the gear
or practices comply with those specifications, or unless the gear is
stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
(iii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From July 1
through March 31 of each year, no person or vessel may fish with or
possess drift gillnet gear in the Great South Channel Restricted
Gillnet Area unless that gear complies with the gear marking
requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, or unless the
gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. Additionally, no person or
vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at night in the
Great South Channel Restricted Gillnet Area unless that gear is tended,
or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. During that
time, all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in the Great South
Channel Restricted Gillnet Area must be removed from the water and
stowed on board the vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(3) Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area--(i) Area. The Great
South Channel Sliver Restricted Area consists of the area bounded by
lines connecting the following points:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. lat. W. long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GSCRA1......................... 41[deg]02.2' 69[deg]02'
GSCRA2......................... 41[deg]43.5' 69[deg]36.3'
GSCRA3......................... 41[deg]40' 69[deg]45'
GSCRA4......................... 41[deg]00' 69[deg]05'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 36619]]
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear in the
Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Gillnet Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec.
229.2. Additionally, no person or vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear at night in the Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area
unless that gear is tended, or unless the gear is stowed as specified
in Sec. 229.2. During that time, all drift gillnet gear set by that
vessel in the Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area must be
removed from the water and stowed on board the vessel before a vessel
returns to port.
(4) Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area--(i) Area. The
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area includes all Federal
waters of the Gulf of Maine, except those designated the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area in paragraph (e)(1), that lie south of 43[deg]15' N.
lat. and west of 70[deg]00' W. long.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear in the
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area unless that gear
complies with the gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec.
229.2. Additionally, no person or vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear at night in the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Area unless
that gear is tended, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec.
229.2. During that time, all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in
the Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area must be removed from
the water and stowed on board the vessel before a vessel returns to
port.
(5) Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area--(i) Area. The Other
Northeast Gillnet Waters Area consists of all state and Federal U.S.
waters from the U.S./Canada border to Long Island, NY, at 72[deg]30' W.
long. south to 36[deg]33.03' N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of
the EEZ, with the exception of the Cape Cod Bay Restricted Area,
Stellwagen Bank/Jeffreys Ledge Restricted Area, Great South Channel
Restricted Gillnet Area, Great South Channel Sliver Restricted Area,
and exempted waters listed in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(ii) Year-round area-specific gear or vessel requirements. No
person or vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area unless that gear complies with the
gear marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section,
or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. Additionally,
no person or vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at
night in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area unless that gear is
tended, or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2.
During that time, all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in the
Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area must be removed from the water and
stowed on board the vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(iii) Seasonal area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From
September 1 to May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess
drift gillnet gear in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area that is
south of a straight line from 41[deg]18.2' N. lat., 71[deg]51.5' W.
long. (Watch Hill Point, RI) south to 40[deg]00' N. lat. and then east
to the eastern edge of the EEZ, unless that gear complies with the gear
marking requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, or
unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. Additionally, no
person or vessel may fish with or possess drift gillnet gear at night
in the Other Northeast Gillnet Waters Area unless that gear is tended,
or unless the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. During that
time, all drift gillnet gear set by that vessel in the Other Northeast
Gillnet Waters Area must be removed from the water and stowed on board
the vessel before a vessel returns to port.
(6) Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area--(i) Area. The Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters consists of all U.S. waters bounded on the
north from Long Island, NY at 72[deg]30' W. long. south to
36[deg]33.03' N. lat. and east to the eastern edge of the EEZ, and
bounded on the south by 32[deg]00' N. lat., and east to the eastern
edge of the EEZ. When the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
overlaps the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area and its restricted period
as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section, then the
closure and exemption for the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as
specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies.
(ii) Area-specific gear or vessel requirements. From September 1
through May 31, no person or vessel may fish with or possess drift
gillnet gear at night in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area
unless:
(A) The gear complies with gear marking requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section;
(B) The gear is tended; and
(C) All gear is removed from the water and stowed on board the
vessel before a vessel returns to port. No person or vessel may possess
drift gillnet at night in the Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters unless
the gear is stowed as specified in Sec. 229.2. When the Mid/South
Atlantic Gillnet Waters Area overlaps the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area and its restricted period as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and
(f)(2) of this section, then the closure and exemption for the
Southeast U.S. Restricted Area as specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section applies.
(f) Restrictions applicable to the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area--
(1) Area. The Southeast U.S. Restricted Area consists of the area
bounded by straight lines connecting the following points in the order
stated from south to north:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Point N. lat. W. long.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERA1.......................... 27[deg]51' (\1\)
SERA2.......................... 27[deg]51' 80[deg]00'
SERA3.......................... 32[deg]00' 80[deg]00'
SERA4.......................... 32[deg]36' 78[deg]52'
SERA5.......................... 32[deg]51' 78[deg]36'
SERA6.......................... 33[deg]15' 78[deg]24'
SERA7.......................... 33[deg]27' 78[deg]04'
SERA8.......................... (\2\) 78[deg]33.9'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Florida shoreline.
\2\ South Carolina shoreline.
(i) Southeast U.S. Restricted Area N. The Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area N consists of the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area from 29[deg]00'
N. lat. northward.
(ii) Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S. The Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area S consists of the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area
southward of 29[deg]00' N. lat.
(2) Restricted periods, closure, and exemptions.
(i) Restricted periods. The restricted period for the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area N is from November 15 through April 15, and the
restricted period for the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area S is from
December 1 through March 31.
(ii) Closure for gillnets.
(A) Except as provided under paragraph (f)(2)(v) of this section,
fishing with or possessing gillnet in the Southeast U.S. Restricted
Area N during the restricted period is prohibited.
(B) Except as provided under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section
and (f)(2)(iv) of this section, fishing with gillnet in the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area S during the restricted period is prohibited.
(iii) Exemption for Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery. Fishing with gillnet for sharks with webbing of 5 inches (12.7
cm) or greater stretched mesh is exempt from the restrictions under
paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section if:
(A) The gillnet is deployed so that it encloses an area of water;
(B) A valid commercial directed shark limited access permit has
been issued to
[[Page 36620]]
the vessel in accordance with 50 CFR Sec. 635.4(e) and is on board;
(C) No net is set at night or when visibility is less than 500
yards (1,500 ft, 460 m);
(D) The gillnet is removed from the water before night or
immediately if visibility decreases below 500 yards (1,500 ft, 460 m);
(E) Each set is made under the observation of a spotter plane;
(F) No gillnet is set within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km) of a right,
humpback, or fin whale;
(G) The gillnet is removed immediately from the water if a right,
humpback, or fin whale moves within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km) of the
set gear;
(H) The gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section; and
(I) The operator of the vessel calls the Southeast Fisheries
Science Center Panama City Laboratory in Panama City, FL, not less than
48 hours prior to departing on any fishing trip in order to arrange for
observer coverage. If the Panama City Laboratory requests that an
observer be taken on board a vessel during a fishing trip at any time
from December 1 through March 31 south of 29[deg]00' N. lat., no person
may fish with such gillnet aboard that vessel in the Southeast U.S.
Restricted Area S unless an observer is on board that vessel during the
trip.
(iv) Exemption for Spanish Mackerel component of the Southeast
Atlantic gillnet fishery. Fishing with gillnet for Spanish mackerel is
exempt from the restrictions under paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section from December 1 through December 31, and from March 1 through
March 31 if:
(A) Gillnet mesh size is between 3.5 inches (8.9 cm) and 4\7/8\
inches (12.4 cm) stretched mesh;
(B) A valid commercial vessel permit for Spanish mackerel has been
issued to the vessel in accordance with Sec. 622.4(a)(2)(iv) of this
title and is on board;
(C) No person may fish with, set, place in the water, or have on
board a vessel a gillnet with a float line longer than 800 yards (2,400
ft, 732 m);
(D) No person may fish with, set, or place in the water more than
one gillnet at any time;
(E) No more than two gillnets, including any net in use, may be
possessed at any one time; provided, however, that if two gillnets,
including any net in use, are possessed at any one time, they must have
stretched mesh sizes (as allowed under the regulations) that differ by
at least .25 inch (.64 cm);
(F) No person may soak a gillnet for more than 1 hour. The soak
period begins when the first mesh is placed in the water and ends
either when the first mesh is retrieved back on board the vessel or the
gathering of the gillnet is begun to facilitate retrieval on board the
vessel, whichever occurs first; providing that, once the first mesh is
retrieved or the gathering is begun, the retrieval is continuous until
the gillnet is completely removed from the water;
(G) No net is set at night or when visibility is less than 500
yards (1,500 ft, 460 m);
(H) The gillnet is removed from the water before night or
immediately if visibility decreases below 500 yards (1,500 ft, 460 m);
(I) No net is set within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km) of a right,
humpback, or fin whale;
(J) The gillnet is removed immediately from the water if a right,
humpback, or fin whale moves within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km) of the
set gear; and
(K) The gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section, the universal anchored gillnet gear
requirements specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, and the
area-specific requirements for anchored gillnets specified in
paragraphs (d)(8)(ii)(A) through (d)(8)(ii)(D) of this section for the
Mid/South Atlantic Gillnet Waters.
(v) Exemption for vessels in transit with gillnet aboard.
Possession of gillnet aboard a vessel in transit is exempt from the
restrictions under paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section if: All nets
are covered with canvas or other similar material and lashed or
otherwise securely fastened to the deck, rail, or drum; and all buoys,
high flyers, and anchors are disconnected from all gillnets. No fish
may be possessed aboard such a vessel in transit.
(vi) Restrictions for trap/pot gear. Fishing with trap/pot gear in
the Southeast U.S. Restricted Area N during the restricted period is
allowed if:
(A) Trap/pot gear is not fished in a trap/pot trawl;
(B) All buoys or flotation devices are attached to the buoy line
with a weak link that meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of
this section. The weak link has a maximum breaking strength of 600 lbs
(272 kg) except in Florida State waters where the maximum breaking
strength is 200 lbs (91kg);
(C) The buoy line has a maximum breaking strength of 2,200 lbs (998
kg) except in Florida State waters where the maximum breaking strength
is 1,500 lbs (630 kg);
(D) The entire buoy line must be free of objects (e.g., weights,
floats, etc.) except where it attaches to the buoy and trap/pot;
(E) The buoy line is made of sinking line;
(F) The gear complies with gear marking requirements as specified
in paragraph (b) of this section; and
(G) Trap/pot gear that is deployed in the EEZ (as defined in Sec.
600.10 of this title) is brought back to port at the conclusion of each
fishing trip.
(g) Restrictions applicable to the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters
(1) Area--The Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area includes all waters
bounded by 32[deg]00' N. lat. on the north (near Savannah, GA),
26[deg]46.50' N. lat. on the south (near West Palm Beach, FL),
80[deg]00' W. long. on the west, and the EEZ boundary on the east.
(2) Closure for gillnets. Fishing with or possessing gillnet gear
in the Other Southeast Gillnet Waters Area north of 29[deg]00' N. lat.
from November 15 through April 15 or south of 29[deg]00' N. lat. from
December 1 through March 31 is allowed if one of the following
exemptions applies:
(i) Exemption for Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet fishery.
Fishing with or possessing gillnet gear with webbing of 5 inches (12.7
cm) or greater stretched mesh is allowed if:
(A) The gear is marked as required in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(B) No net is set within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km) of a right,
humpback, or fin whale; and
(C) The gear is removed immediately from the water if a right,
humpback, or fin whale moves within 3 nautical miles (5.6 km) of the
set gear.
(ii) Exemption for Southeast Atlantic gillnet fishery. Fishing with
or possessing gillnet gear is allowed if:
(A) The gear is marked as required in paragraph (b) of this
section; or
(B) The gear is fished south of 27[deg]51' N.
(iii) Exemption for vessels in transit with gillnet aboard.
Possession of gillnet gear aboard a vessel in transit is allowed if:
(A) All nets are covered with canvas or other similar material and
securely fastened to the deck, rail, or drum; and
(B) All buoys, high flyers, and anchors are disconnected from all
gillnets.
(h) Restrictions applicable to the Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area--
(1) Area. The Southeast U.S. Monitoring Area consists of the area from
27[deg]51' N. lat. (near Sebastian Inlet, FL) south to 26[deg]46.50' N.
lat. (near West Palm Beach, FL), extending from the shoreline or
exemption line out to 80[deg]00' W. long.
(2) Restrictions for Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery. Fishing with or possessing gillnet gear with
[[Page 36621]]
webbing of 5 inches (12.7 cm) or greater stretched mesh from December 1
through March 31 is allowed if:
(i) The gear complies with the gear marking requirements specified
in paragraph (b) of this section;
(ii) The vessel owner/operator is in compliance with the vessel
monitoring system (VMS) requirements found in 50 CFR 635.69; and
(iii) The vessel owner/operator and crew are in compliance with
observer requirements found in Sec. 229.7.
(3) Restrictions for Southeastern U.S. Atlantic shark gillnet
fishery vessels in transit. Possession of gillnet gear with webbing of
5 inches (12.7 cm) or greater stretched mesh aboard a vessel in transit
from December 1 through March 31 is allowed if:
(i) All gear is stowed as specified in 50 CFR 229.2; and
(ii) The vessel owner/operator is in compliance with the vessel
monitoring system (VMS) requirements found in 50 CFR 635.69.
(i) Other provisions. In addition to any other emergency authority
under the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the Endangered Species Act, the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, or other
appropriate authority, the Assistant Administrator may take action
under this section in the following situations:
(1) Entanglements in critical habitat or restricted areas. If a
serious injury or mortality of a right whale occurs in the Cape Cod Bay
Restricted Area from January 1 through May 15, in the Great South
Channel Restricted Area from April 1 through June 30, the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area N from November 15 to April 15, or the Southeast
U.S. Restricted Area S from December 1 through March 31 as the result
of an entanglement by trap/pot or gillnet gear allowed to be used in
those areas and times, the Assistant Administrator shall close that
area to that gear type (i.e., trap/pot or gillnet) for the rest of that
time period and for that same time period in each subsequent year,
unless the Assistant Administrator revises the restricted period in
accordance with paragraph (i)(2) of this section or unless other
measures are implemented under paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
(2) Other special measures. The Assistant Administrator may, in
consultation with the Take Reduction Team, revise the requirements of
this section through a publication in the Federal Register if:
(i) NMFS verifies that certain gear characteristics are both
operationally effective and reduce serious injuries and mortalities of
endangered whales;
(ii) New gear technology is developed and determined to be
appropriate;
(iii) Revised breaking strengths are determined to be appropriate;
(iv) New marking systems are developed and determined to be
appropriate;
(v) NMFS determines that right whales are remaining longer than
expected in a closed area or have left earlier than expected;
(vi) NMFS determines that the boundaries of a closed area are not
appropriate;
(vii) Gear testing operations are considered appropriate; or
(viii) Similar situations occur.
[FR Doc. 2014-14936 Filed 6-26-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P